1 table of contents. tc topic page(s) 2 keys to winning defense5 nextprevious becoming #16 huddle,...

352
Multiple 34 Defense 1 Table of Contents WE NEVER FLINCH !!!!

Upload: homer-sharp

Post on 23-Dec-2015

213 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

1

Multiple 34

DefenseTable of Contents

WE NEVER FLINCH !!!!

Page 2: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

2

Table of Contents TC

Topic TopicPage(s) Page(s)

Keys to Winning Defense 5

Next Previous

Becoming #1 6

Huddle, Pre-snap calls 7

Def. Gaps and Alignments 8

Glossary 9-25

Offensive Player Personnel 26

Defensive Personnel Package 27- 39

Defensive line technique 40-41

DE/OLB technique 42-45

Inside Linebacker technique 46

Fronts 47

34 “Ram” series 48-56

34 “Slam” series 57- 65

34 “Mace” series 66- 74

52 fronts 75- 77

43 “Cane” series 78-83

Zone Blitz Series 84- 87

Zone Blitz Coverage 88

Zone Blitz Cover 33 89-93

Zone Blitz Cover 42 shell 94- 98

Additional ZB coverage 99-103

Ram/Slam/Mace 104

Ram Fire series 105-121

Slam Fire series 122-133

Mace Fire series 134- 144

Mace shell series 145- 149

43 zone blitz series 150- 172

Additional Fronts 173

Page 3: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

3

Table of Contents TC

Topic TopicPage(s) Page(s)

Next Previous

Ram stack 174-177

Slam stack 178-181

Bear 182

44 183-185

Goal line and Short yardage 186

Base Backer 187

Base Smoke 188

Base Bear 189

Shade/Shadow Go 190

Red Special (7 Diamond) 191

Short Yardage 192

Road Block 193-194

Coverage 195

Secondary Shell 196

Zone Coverage Principles 197

Under Coverage Zones 198

Playing Different Zones 199-201

Man to Man Techniques 202- 205

Cover 2 (Blue) 206- 209

Disguise (Purple) 210

Cover 3 (Red) 211- 219

Cover 4 (Silver) 220- 230

Cover 4 (Read 2) 231

Cover 6 (White) ( 1/4, ¼, ½) 232-233

Cover 8 variations 234- 241

Coverage adjustments v. trips 242-243

Danger Call 244

Coverage adj v. Double Slot 245

Page 4: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

4

Table of Contents TC

Topic TopicPage(s) Page(s)

Next Previous

Vicky Call 246

Adjustments vs Bunch 247-250

Check coverage 251--252

Coverage check vs pro/slot 253

Combo R 24 254-255

Roll Check 256

Loaded Zones 257

Calls to take away scheme 261-263

Page 5: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

5

Keys to a winning DefenseKeys to a Winning Defense and Goals

1. Force Turnovers

Key Goal

1. Take the ball away 3 times per game

2. Win on 1st downs- take offense off of schedule and force 2nd long and 3rd long situations.

2. Hold opponents to less than 3 yards on 1st down per average.

3. Get off the field on 3rd and 4th downs 3. Hold opponent to a less then 30% average on 3rd and 4th downs.

4. Eliminate Big plays - +10 yards per run play + 25 yards per pass

play

4. Allow no big plays

5. Stop the Run!!!!! 5. No 100 yard rushers- less than 3.5 yards per carry average

6. Create Maximum Pressure on the QB 6. Sack 1 out of 6 attempts

7. Win Sudden Change situations 7. 80% 3 and out after sudden Change

TC

Next Previous

Page 6: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

6

Becoming #1

1. Trust- you need to trust that your teammates will do their jobs, so that you can focus on yours.

Characteristics of a Winning Defense

2. Aggressiveness- you need to swarm to the ball as a defense

3. Leverage- Each member of the defense must be aggressive – while keeping proper leverage to the ball- the goal here is to “Trap” the ball.

4. Communication- great defenses talk to each other

5. Tackling- We must be excellent tacklers as individuals and a great gang tackling defense

6. Effort- total effort, every time, absolutely zero expectations or excuses

7. Confidence- We will be the best defense in the district- start knowing it and playing like it- TODAY

TC

Next Previous

Page 7: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

7

Huddle and Pre snap calls

Huddle

$$F$ SCWC

N SE SREH

W M

Note: we can go no huddle- wristband calls

Will Linebacker- calls down and distance Mike- gets the signal and relays the call

After huddle breaks Mike calls the strength Sam echoes strength A designated safety will make all coverage adjustments LB’s- call out # of backs, DB If no coverage adjustment needed safety calls “play it”F$- call out # of Receivers to each sideCorners and OLB’s call out exotic formations- Bunch, unbal. Etc.

Strength call- give a “Rip” call strong Right or a “Liz” call strong left

1. Single TE- Strength is to the TE- if he trades- strength call changes- we will not follow- S/H are the same position and OLB need to know both responsibilities. M/W can switch. Note: We can trade the S/H- but this will be game plan specific

2. 2 TE sets- Strength is determined one of two ways: A. Vs a balanced set- Strength is to the Field or to our leftB. Vs. Multiple Rec. sets- we go to the rec. strength

3. 0 TE sets- Strength is determined one of two ways: A. Vs a balanced set- Strength is to the Field or to our left

B. Vs. Multiple Rec. sets- we go to the rec. strength

Note: Only a TE trade will switch a strength call- motion DOES NOT change the strength

TCNext Previous

Call: front

Front (if needed) Blitz/stunt + Tag + Coverage

Page 8: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

8

Defensive Gaps and Alignments

Contain ContainAlley AlleyAAB B CCD D

2nd Contain 2nd Contain

9 6 7 5 4 4i 3 2 2i 1 0 2 3 4i 4 5 7 6 9

Foot- Your inside foot on the outside foot of the TE off the heels of the DE

Ghost- Alignment taken off of the imaginary TE

Off- A 3 x 3 position taken from the TE or Ghost TE

Walk- An alignment taken by splitting the difference between the #2 WR and the Offensive Tackle. In 44 outside foot on inside foot of number 2.

Tight 1 x 1 off of TE

Linebacker alignments will correspond to the front alignments, but add a “0” to the number, Example: 30 is the outside eye of the Guard.

TC

2i1

Next Previous

Page 9: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

9

GlossaryA

Adjust technique- Technique by DL in which he reads the edge player- if edge player takes an inside path- the adjust player takes and outside path, if the edge player works outside, the adjust player stays inside

Adjuster- Usually the strong safety will adjust all coverage or positioning

Alignment- positioning- horizontal – “in” toward the ball, “out” toward sideline, “up” closer to los, “back” away from LOS

All- tag that denote that he DE’s (hawk in four man front) will be also be involved in the stunt.

Alley- area between off tackle and the force player

Angle- DL technique- see DL section

Arson- denotes A gaps fires can be tagged in essentially any call (also mike, will, strong, weak, field, boundary, open, closed, left, right, or a specific player)

Attack- see DL technique sections

B

Back End- refers to secondary

Backer Personnel- Linebacker in for DB (see defense personnel section)

Banjo- Combo coverage between DB and LB

Barrel- denotes B gap fires- can be an additional tag – also see Arson fire for other tags

Base Personnel- 34 personnel- 3 DL, 4 LB, 4 DB

Baseball turn- 225 degree pivot

B.C.R- bootleg, counter, reverse

Bear- Defensive front

“Bite his ear”- coaching point to teach man to man players proper head placement on under patterns

Previous TCNext

Page 10: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

10

Glossary

“Bite his ear”- coaching point to teach man to man players proper head placement on under patterns

Black- color code for man free coverage or cover 1

Blitz- term used to describe a pre-determined attack on a specific gap by a LB or DB.

Blitz-Peel- When a blitzing player is responsible for any Back out to his side. (usually an edge player)

Blue- color code for cover 2

BO- Back Out

Bopper- RT align in weak B gap

Boundary- referring to the short field when the ball is on the hash

“Box”- adjustment out of Silver coverage vs a tight bunch formation

Boxer- Zone blitz tag that puts a DL or Nose in the middle hook zone – alert for #3

Bracket Coverage- combo coverage vs any cluster formation

Bronco- Backer is primary force

Bubble- (3 meanings) 1. specific technique of DE (see DE section) 2. natural holes of a defense created by Def. front, 3. quick outside- in screen

Bullets- b gap blitzes

Bump (2 meanings)- 1. technique used by DB- to be physical with rec. 2. “bumping” man to man or Zone responsibilities – out, usually happens in during motion

Bump and run- DB technique to be physical with rec.

Bunch- referring to 3 receiver cluster formations

Buzz- call to OLB to get to the flat immediately

Previous TCNext

Page 11: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

11

Glossary

C

Cage- call given to DE telling him to disregard huddle call and that he now has contain/force

Cane- code for 43 front.

Cannon- C gap blitzes

Cat- corner blitz

Check- said when you have a question

Check Coverage- coverage determine by offensive formation- when can have total check coverage , a two number check coverage example- cover 36, the first number refers to cover vs. pro formation second number refers to coverage vs a slot formation. For this purpose “pro” formation is any formation where the Y and Z line up on the same side, “slot” formation is any formation where the Y and Z align on opposite sides.

Chimp Stance- DE technique – see section

China- alert for an inside pattern from an outside receiver

Choke- Call made to trips side corner telling him he has man to man on the number 1 rec. in trips.

Choice- choice stunts to/from a predetermined check. Example: Boston Choice- we will Blitz from the backs side

Closed- When there is only 1 receiver and he is a TE

Cloud- corner is primary force

Cloudy/Clear- concept of filling your gap if it is open (clear) and tightly scraping over the top to the next available gap if original gap is closed (cloudy)

Cluster Formations- any offensive formation where 2 or more receivers are aligned close to together- alert for rub/pick patterns

Combo- any cover 2 on 1 coverage where two defenders are covering one player. (Defender covers player if he releases to their side, if he releases away defender can blitz, cover, mirror, etc. Contain- Front player involved in PR – that cannot allow anybody to get outside of the pocket

Control- man to man position where the defender can still touch the receiver’s hip.

Copper- call that indicates that Safety and Corner will read #2 to their side and play read 2 scheme.

Previous TCNext

Page 12: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

12

GlossaryCorner- DB position on the perimeter

Corners over- technique in man to man or some zone where both corners are playing on the same side

Cougar- change in huddle call

Crack- offensive player blocking outside-in

Crash- DE tech. see section

Crazy- DE tech.- see section

Cross- DL tech. see section

Curl zone- zone area 12- 15 yards deep just outside the tackle box, also hash player

D

Dagger- See DE techniques

Danger- a cover 3 adjustment vs. a 3 x 1 set

“DC”- Draw Call to alert Ends and Linebackers of high probability of a Draw play

Deep as the deepest- coaching point used to teach the depth of the backside pursuit (behind the LOS) vs teams with significant counter threats. Deep as the deepest put the defender in position to choke off the bootleg/keeper while allowing to re-direct for counter or inside reverse.

Deliver- to deliver the receiver means to cover him man to man until he leaves your zone- example- in cover 2- the mike will deliver the crossing receiver to the hash.

Deuce- (2 meanings)- 1. 2 deep man under 2. Refers to controlling the number 2 rec. in the Firezone

Dime- Player personnel in which 2 DB replace the outside LB and the outside Lb’s replace the DE

Disguise- showing one coverage but playing another- holding the shell- We want to always show shell or disguise our coverage. How long should you hold depends on coverage and opponent formations- rule of thumb you want to hold the disguise for as “long as possible and practical”

Dog- outside D gap blitzes or off the edge

Dos- 2 gap technique

Previous TCNext

Page 13: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

13

GlossaryDouble or Double Cover- 2 defenders on 1 receiver, high/low

Downhill- refers to LB’s attack the LOS

Drop back- 3 step- quick, short, timed patterns, 5 step- medium, times patterns, 7 step deep patterns

E

Edge- as is set the edge- front defender responsible for force and contain

Edit- DE technique

Empty- no backs

Exit- DE covers #’s in firezone

F

Face- DE technique

Falcon- OLB free/robbing the flats

Far Back- back opposite of LB’s side

Fast read- read and pursue ball

Feather- widen out post snap

Fence Force- Pursuit – last man in pursuit must guard against cutback

Field- denotes wide field

Fill- 2nd level defender occupies gap responsibilities

Fire- Blitzing off the edge involving both edge players

Fire zone- common zone blitz coverage- 3 under (numbers, middle, numbers) 3 deep – 1/3’s

Flash- Free safety occupies middle zone in firezone (see strike)

Flat- area of the field outside the curl zone, usually top of numbers to the sideline- 12-15 yards deep

Previous TCNext

Page 14: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

14

GlossaryFlood- any combination of multiple receivers in one zone

Flow (full, fast, split, counter)- backfield action- Fast flow- both backs outside to same side, Full flow- Both backs to same side downhill, split flow- backs flow in different directions often from I, counter flow- both backs start in same direction , one then counters back

Foot- positioning of an edge player- inside foot on outside foot of TE or T, off the heels of DT

Force (primary)- player responsible for “forcing” play back inside

Force (secondary)- player who works off of the primary force- make him right

Forty personnel- DE in for Hawk- 4 true Down lineman

Free- Safety on the roof

Frisco- in 43 scheme Frisco mean Safety will blitz and the invert linebacker to that side will control #2 and the numbers

Front- refers to DL/DE/LB’s and sometimes strong safety, numbered 1st number- DL, 2nd number- LB- ex. 44

FSU technique- Pure pass rush sprinters stance from DE

Funnel- cover 2- forcing receivers to the safeties- corners funnel in, OLB funnel out, Safety on the hash

G

Games- terms used to refer to any combination of DL stunts.

Gap- area between two OL A gap- center/guard, B gap- guard/tackle, C gap- Tackle/End, D gap outside

Gap hand- as in “keep your gap hand free”- Free/Firm- Gap foot- a player is gap footed when his outside leg in stacked behind the inside leg of the player just outside his gap. Example- an outside LB with c gap responsibility is gap footed if his outside leg is stacked behind the DE.

Ghost- align on an imaginary TE

Goal line- Goal line personnel- DL in for DB- 5 DL + H, 2 LB, 3 DB

Goal line Green- see lock-on

Green- color code for straight man to man coverage- also know as cover 0

Previous TCNext

Page 15: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

15

GlossaryH

Hammer- See DE technique section

Hard Technique- vs option- defender with pitchman responsibility will attack Pitchman immediately- intended to force the QB to run the ball.

Hash- zone drop- aiming point inside edge of hash

Hawk- Weakside outside LB- often aligns as a De in a forty front

Head up- Nose to nose

Heavy Personnel- Option to replace Sam and Hawk with DE’s this will make the 34 into a 52

High Middle- deep middle LB will to middle of goal post and will continue to get depth looking for Digs and Post routes, also know as a Tampa 2

Hitman- refers to cutback player

Hole- refers to middle hook zone

Hook to curl- zone from middle of formation to 3 yards outside End

Hub cap- Linebacker responsible for #/H- when the #2 is in the backfield- align inside leg on outside leg of T or TE.I

“If you can make – take it”- concept that gives LB’s freedom to fill gaps when the see openings

“I’m here”- just like silver call- call made by safety to Primary force in cover 4 when there is no removed #2- this tells the Primary force that the Safety will make you right

“In”- (2 meanings)- 1. Call from OLB, invert, or corner that moves DE from a 9 tech. to a 7 tech. 2. Call made by zone players that tells inside players that an outside receiver is running a pattern inside or crossing

Inside- out leverage- cutback player works to stay on the inside shoulder of a ball carrier

Invert (2 meanings)- 1. Linebackers aligned in c gap ie. 43 or 53, 2. Reversed positioning of corners and safety- ie. Cover 6 invert

Island- call made to corners that tells them that they have man to man coverage with no safety help often a result of the 15 yard rule or aligned away from trips in a 3 by one set.

Isolate- straight man to man- where they go you go—refers to a specific linebacker technique

Previous TC

Page 16: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

16

GlossaryJ

Joker- showing one a blitz then bailing out- see “show”

Jump to- showing on front than jumping to another

K

“Keep it”- call from safety or linebacker that says we will not adjust out of the call or the coverage- regardless of what the offense does- normally associated with a blitz

Kill + new cover- a kill call tells the defense that we are killing the coverage and that they need to look at the coach for the new cover signal- this happens fast and is pre determine based on specific coverage vs problem formations. For example, if we are running cover 3 vs a double slot – it may be game planned to kill the coverage.

L

Larry- call by safety to indicate direction that he will rock down in a loaded zone scheme- in this case left

L cut- Receiver cuts to the outside ie. Square out

Levels- 1st level- DL/DE, 2nd level- Lb’s, Corners, 3rd level- Safeties

Liz- Strength call to the left (opposite – Rip)

Loaded Zone- Coverage adjustment that vacates a specific low threat zone and “loads “ a threatened zone- pre snap – often load to field vacate the boundary

Lock-on man to man technique in which the defender will always be between the QB and Rec. (aka GL green)

Lone Dove- denotes LB away from shifted secondary- responsible to carry any crosser or back out

Long Scoop- reading or angling across two gaps (see DL technique)

“Long as possible and practical”- whenever you are disguising, stemming, sugaring up you should hold your deception for as “long as possible and practical” meaning disguise for as long as possible but not at the expense of being able to do your job.

Loose- normal shade technique would be inside eye on outside eye of OL- loose – inside eye on outside shoulder of OL

Low Middle- middle hole spy

Previous TC

Page 17: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

17

Glossary

M

“Mable”- man to man call

Mace- - 34 inside fires/stunts

“Making him right”- refers to secondary force player playing off of the primary force- if primary force goes inside- the secondary force goes outside , primary- outside- secondary - inside

Man over- see DL technique

Middle hook- middle hole- control #3- aiming point middle of goal post

Mike- strongside inside linebacker

Monster- OLB or Strong safety who is designation to go to the strongside of the formation or receiver strength- For example 52 monster.

Motion- pre snap movement by offense- this will not impact strength

N

Near Back- for a linebacker it is the closest back

Near Guard- for a linebacker the guard to his side

Nickel- personnel grouping in which a DB replaces a LB and the OLB replace DE

No Cover zone- area from LOS to 7 yards deep that zone players will not defend

Nose- DT that covers the center in odd fronts and plays ST in even fronts

Notre Dame- DL technique that puts DT’s in 4i

Numbers- Zone drop to the top of the numbers, normally a 2-1 pattern read

Previous TC

Page 18: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

18

GlossaryO

Off- OLB alignment- 3 x 3 or 4 x2 off the EMLOS

Okie- “ok” or keep the stunt on

Omaha- pre snap check that resets front , stunt, and coverage back to the original huddle call

Open- refers to the side of the offense opposite of the TE

Outside-in leverage- to force the back inside

Over front- 4 1st level Defensive players- interior lineman shift to the strength, linebackers shift weak

“Over”- secondary call in cover 4 that changes the coverage to cover 6.

Own- when you own the man it is referring to man to man responsibilities.

Ozcar- checking to cover 2 vs a bunch formation

PPacker- Nickel coverage associated with a four man front in which SAM replaces the DE and a 5 th DB assumes the OLB position.

Peel- see blitz peel

Penny- corner in for a safety

“Peter”- code for pinch

Pinch- DL technique, see section

“Pitchman”- a tag used when playing option teams. This tag means that we are switching the responsibilities between the defender who normally has the pitchman and the defender who normally has the quarterback

“Play it”- Call by safety that tells the secondary that we will stay with the original call

PR- Code for pass rush

Previous TCNext

Page 19: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

19

GlossaryPress- DB technique- press man to man coverage- see section

Pressure foot-floater foot- coaching point for stunts/blitzes, pressure should be on foot opposite of the direction that the defender is going

“Pro”- refers to all offensive formations that the Y and Z are on the same side- specifically dealing with check coverage, first number refers to coverage vs pro sets, second number deals with coverage vs slot sets. Example- cover 43 – vs pro set cover 4, vs a slot set cover 3.

PSU technique- Technique used by primary force players to defend against a crack threat- see LB/DE section

Psycho- Dime package that used 1 true DL, 6 DB, 4 LB’s

Purple- showing cover 3 but playing cover 2

Q

Quick/Quick side- refers to offenses that use a strong and quickside, quickside usually pulls/traps

RRadar- refers to a pre snap technique in which the defenders are in a 2 point stance and not stationary.

Raider (robber)- free player(s) will pattern read and aggressively jump patterns when QB’s long arm leave the football

Ralph- call by safety to indicate direction that he will rock down in a loaded zone scheme- in this case Right

Ram (read/angle/slant)- 34 stunt coming from the Rush side

Read- DL tech. see tech section

Read out- on certain blitzes the linebacker can “read out” meaning as he is reading on the run if the offense is clearly attacking a gap that is opposite of the blitz and he would be wasting himself if he fires his gap he can “read out” note: this only applies to specific blitzes and/or may be communicated by the coach.

Red- color code for all 3 deep

Reggie- read by weakside DT/DE

Remaining Back (ACE)- 1 back set in which the back aligns behind QB

Previous TCNext

Page 20: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

20

GlossaryRemoved- when a receiver is more than 5 yards from the T or TE

Rip- strength call to the right

Robber- see raider

Run-Rob-Roll- Safety technique in Cover Silver vs a tight number 2

Rock- Safety controls the numbers to blitz side

Roll- 2 meanings- 1. In firezone- corner is the numbers player 2. roll coverage safeties and opposite corner to a specific side- essentially a rotation of the shell

Roof- top of secondary shell- often free

Rover- Player personnel (S in for LB) or referring to the $$- the Rover will make all secondary adjustments

Rush End/Tackle- The side of the Def. line that aligns away from the TE

Rush to cover- see Blitz-peelS

Safety- DB- 3rd level defender or numbers player

Sam- Strongside outside linebacker

Sambo- Combo coverage between Corner and Safety

Same foot-same shoulder principle- coaching point used in teaching how to attack blocks

Scrap- Downhill – inside out- tight to the light (scrap the skin)

Scrap exchange- vs zone read- DE- will read down the line (he becomes a C gap player), the Invert Linebacker will scrape outside becoming D gap player.

SCIF- Seam/Curl/IN/Flat- refers to the patter progression for the Numbers player

Seal- Hash player technique to prevent an inside release/pattern from an outside receiver- shell cover

Seam- area just inside the hash

Previous TCNext

Page 21: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

21

GlossarySee the Green- another term for Cloudy/Clear- fill the hole- “if you can make it, take it.”

Shade- DL shades to the inside or outside of OL- not head up

Shale- OLB is the numbers player in firezone

Show- Linebackers will show their blitz and then back off

Show and Go- linebackers will show their blitz and go

Silver coverage- ¼’s

Silver call- “I’m here” see DB section

Single- blitz in the bear front- Single followed by a position tells the Safety that he is taking the man for the blitzer. Example: Single Mike- mike is blitzing, 0 cover and the Safety is taking the Mike’s man

Sky- Safety is primary force

Slam – 34 stunt /firecoming from the strongside

Slant- 2 meaning- 1. DL tech. see sections, 2. Wr- inside pattern (#2 on the tree)

Slide- sliding the under coverage responsibilities of the linebackers over to a specific side. (loaded zone concept)

Slot- receiver between the tackle and the #1 receiver

Slow Read- action away – think cutback, counter, reverse, bootleg

Soft Tech.- defending the option through cat and mouse techn- used against inexperienced QBs, or when we want to slow the option down.

Solid- tag used to tell the Hawk and Sam that they are attached to the front and will not be part of the pass coverage- regardless of offensive formations.

Soldier- In a 43 sliding the Linebackers to the strength, see War for oppositeSpeed- Pass rush personnel that places the fasted DE’s/DL’s/LB’s on the line.

Spill- technique used by a force player- as know as “wrong arming” force player will attack kickout with the outside shoulder and look to collapse the hole and making the ball carrier bounce it to the scrapping linebackers

Spot-Ball-Speed- Coaching point on blitz- pre read your spot, key ball, get off!!!!

PreviousTC

Next

Page 22: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

22

Glossary

Spy- when a second level defender is assigned to the QB

Spy-flow fire- second level defender who is not a force player will get depth and spy the QB- if the QB breaks the tackle box he will fire to the flow of the actions.

Squat- Call from safety to corner in any read #2 scheme where there is a 10 yard square out route by #2- Corner must squat on the square out and the safety will adopt the number 1 receiver after he is certain that the number corner has squatted on #2

Squeeze- technique used by force player – opposite of spill- he will attack the kickout blocker with his inside arm while keeping all blockers and ball carriers inside- must stay square- step same foot-same shoulder

Stack- alignment of linebackers that puts them directly behind a DL

Stay- technique used by backside defender vs action away- he is think bootleg, counter, reverse

Stem- DL/DE originally show one technique and shift to another- pre snap

Strike- Strong Safety occupies middle zone in firezone

Stinger- DE technique- see DE technique sections

Strong- referring to strength of offensive formation- TE

Strong side of line- referring to Offenses that use a strong and quick side

Strong Backs- backfield formation shifted to the strength of the formation

Stunt- Defensive line movement example- angle, read, slant, pinch, etc.

Stud End/Tackle- DE and DT that align to the strength of the offensive formation

Sugar up- to initially deceive by alignment- blitzers can make it look like they are in coverage while coverage players can show blitz

Swap- Combo coverage where the OLB, ILB combo cover the backs and TE.

“Switch”- call made to Linebacker from a safety telling LB that he will take his back out responsibility and that he can stay in the box. See coverage section – cover 4.

Previous TCNext

Page 23: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

23

GlossaryT

Tackle Box- area tackle to tackle- and from the LOS to 7 yards

Tackle read- technique by OLB – they are looking for fire outs and high hats

Tampa- dropping ILB- into a deep 1/3 in cover 2 coverage.

Tanjo- Combo coverage between two inside LB’s

Technique- term used to describe position of a front player related to the OL, or term used to describe a specific type of skill.

Tight- Alignment of OLB that’s puts them at 2 x2 outside the TE or Tackle

Tim- code for tackles in

Tilt- DL technique- see section

Tom- code for Tackles out

Top him- stay on top him on outside patterns expect him to turn it up.

Trade- TE shifts from one side to the other- trades do change strength

Trail Technique- backside pursuit behind the LOS- no deeper than the deepest.

Trey- referring to middle hook and controlling number three in the zone, when there is a “Trey” call it is telling the DE who had originally been responsible for the numbers that he now has the middle zone and to control #3. Often happens vs a removed #2.

Triangle Read- guards and near back read

Trigger- re-rock the safeties

Trouble- tackle over

Tuff- code name for a 52

Two way go- PR option where the Pass rusher can choose what gap to attack

Previous TCNext

Page 24: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

24

GlossaryU

Unbalance- unbalanced line- X/Y on same side – call “unbal”

Under defense- In 4 down lineman fronts- the two interior lineman shifted away from strength, LB’s shifted toward strength

Up technique- OLB/Invert plays in a 7 technique and off the heels of the DT

V

Vicky- code name and check against for 4 verticals (in cover 3)Vice- Backside Corner and Backside LB bracket #1 away from trips

W

Waggle Read- DE reading FB- FB- to stinger, FB away- Trail technique no deeper than the deepest

Walk- when the OLB detaches himself from the front to cover rec. split the differences between #2 and the tackle.

Wall off- seal or prevent receiver from entering the middle of the under coverage.

War- In a 43 – sliding the Linebackers to the weakside

Weak- referring to the weakside of the offense

Weak back- Back aligned away from the TEWham- 34 stunt/fire coming from weaksie

Wheel- 2 meanings- 1. offensive pattern similar to an out and up, 2. Call made vs a removed #2 in quarters coverage. This is telling both the S and C to ¼ their zones and be alert for a wheel roué by number #2.

White- color code for cover 6 or ¼ ¼ ½

Will- Weakside inside LB in 34, 44, 52 and weakside outside lb in 43

Window - referring areas of the zone defenses that the QB has clear vision. To get into the window means to disrupt QB vision by hanging in those areas.

Wolf- ILB controls #2/numbers player in the firezone.

Previous TCNext

Page 25: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

25

GlossaryX

X- referring to the split end

XC- cross country- wheel route from the backfield

Y

Y- referring to the TE

Z

Z- referring to the slot rec. or a flanker on the same side as Y

Previous TCNext

Page 26: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

26

Offensive Player Personnel

Personnel groupings

Number of Backs

Number of TE’s Number of WR’s

Code Word

21 2 1 2 Regular

11 1 1 3 Bandit

10 1 0 4 Quads

22 2 2 1 Heavy

12 1 2 2 Ace

0 0 0 5 Empty

32 3 2 0 Full house

20 2 0 3 Open

When communicating Player Personnel coaches and players can just relay the number of backs and TE’s

Example- 3rd and short- 21 personnel

Previous TCNext

Page 27: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

27

Defensive Personnel Packages

Base

3 DL4 LB4 DB

Fronts: All

In 4 man fronts the Hawk will play the RE

E ENS

MWH

C

$ $

C

E EN

SMW

H

C

$ $

C

Note: We will be in the 34 front about 50% of the time, but we will be in 34 personnel about 90% of the time

Odd look

Even look

Previous TCNext

Page 28: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

28

Defensive Personnel Packages

Penny

3 DL4 LB4 DB

Fronts: All

In 4 man fronts the Hawk will play the RE

E ENS

MWH

CP

$

C

E EN

SMW

H

C

$

PC

Note: We will replace one safety for a cornerGood for man to man defenses and when locking down a player

Odd look

Even look

Previous TCNext

Page 29: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

29

Defensive Personnel Packages

Rover

3 DL3 LB5 DB

Fronts: All - good for Bear and man to man coverage

In 4 man fronts the Hawk will play the RE

E EN S

M

H

CR

$

C

E EN

MW

H

C

F$

$$ C

Note: Additional DB in for Will- good for man to man defenses against one back

Can subs. Additional DB in for Hawk

Odd look

Even look

4-2

5

$

Previous TCNext

R

Page 30: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

30

Defensive Personnel Packages

40

4 DL3 LB4 DB

Fronts: 4 man fronts, 44/43, under, and tuff

Additional DL replaces H

T EN

SMW

E

C

$ $

C

Note: We will use this package if we don’t have a Hawk that can serve as an effective DE.

We will never run 40 personnel with 34 front

Even look

Previous TCNext

Page 31: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

31

Defensive Personnel Packages

Nickel

3 DL3 LB5 DB

Fronts: Field frontsWe can run anything out of our nickel package

E ENN

MWH

C

$ $

C

E EN

NMW

H

C

$ $

C

Note: We won’t run heavy fronts with nickel personnel

We will send the Hawk to play DE and replace with Nickel or replace Sam with Nickel

Odd look

Even look

Previous TCNext

Page 32: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

32

Defensive Personnel Packages

Packer

2 DL4 LB5 DB

Fronts: Field fronts mostly 40 frontsWe can run anything out of our Packer package

H EN SMW

N

C

$ $

C

E SN

NMW

H

C

$ $

C

Note: We won’t run heavy fronts with Packer personnel

5th DB will replace DL

Odd look

Even look

Previous TCNext

Page 33: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

33

Defensive Personnel Packages

Dime

3 DL2 LB6 DB

Fronts: Field fronts mostly 30 fronts and with inside blitzesWe can run anything out of our Dime package

E ENDMWN

C

$ $

C

Note: We won’t run heavy fronts with Dime personnel

5th and 6th DB’s will replace LB’s

Odd look

Previous TCNext

Page 34: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

34

Defensive Personnel Packages

Psycho

1 DL or 0 DL4 LB6 DB

Fronts: We can run all field fronts and coverage out of psycho personnel

H SLB DMW

N

C

$ $

C

M SE

DWN

H

C

$ $

C

Note: We won’t run heavy fronts with Psycho personnel

5th and 6th DB will replace DL’s

Odd look

Even look

Previous TCNext

Page 35: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

35

Defensive Personnel Packages

Psycho

1 DL4 LB6 DB

Fronts: We can field fronts out of psycho personnel

H

S

E

DM

WNC

$ $

C

Note: We would run the Radar look in 3rd long situations

Every player will get to their gap responsibility post snap

radar look

Previous TCNext

Page 36: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

36

Defensive Personnel Packages

Speed

3 DL4 LB4 DB

Fronts: We can field fronts out of Speed personnel

E EE SMW

H

C

$ $

C

E EE

SMW

H

C

$ $

C

Note: All DL are replaced with best PR DE’s or LB’s

Odd look

Even look

Previous TCNext

Page 37: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

37

Defensive Personnel Packages

Backer

3 DL5 LB3 DB

Fronts: We can run field fronts out of backer personnel- mostly cover 3Backer front and stack fronts

E EN S

MW

H

C

$

C

E EN

SMB

H

C W

$

C

Note: LB (B) in for DB

Odd look

Even look

B

Previous TCNext

Page 38: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

38

Defensive Personnel Packages

Heavy

5 DL2 LB4 DB

Fronts: Short yardage, Tuff, backer,

We won’t run even fronts

T TN E

MW

E

C

$

C

Note: DT in For S/H- this is if we don’t have a S/H that can play the DE position

Odd look

S

Short yardage

5 DL3 LB3 DB

T TN E

MW

H/E

C

$

CS

Note: DT in for safety

Previous TCNext

Page 39: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

39

Defensive Personnel Packages

Goal line

6 DL2 LB3 DB

Fronts: Goaline, Guts, 7 diamond

T TN E

MW

E

C

$

C

Note: We will run this on the 1 inch line

Goaline look

T

E EN S

MW

H

C

$

C

Short yardage

Goaline lookw/ short yardage PP

T

Previous TCNext

Page 40: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

40

Defensive Line TechniquesThe Main objective of the defensive line is to destroy the opponents’ offensive blocking schemes. This can be

accomplished by executing perfect technique at full speed to a depth of 1 yard into the offensive backfield. Consider yourself a missile being launched into the offense, destroying everything in your path.

Attack (tip of the football)Key the offensive lineman’s movement. Drive shoulder and forearm under the chin of the offensive lineman, driving him 1 yard into the backfield then separate with hands, keeping the outside arm free.

Angle (1 foot from the ball)Key the movement of the ball, 45 degree step to the heel of next offensive lineman, second step is directly up field. Penetrate with shoulders square to the LOS. Rip inside forearm under the blocker and penetrate to 1 yard depth. Maintain your gap control by fighting pressure.

Slant (1 foot from the ball)Key the movement of the ball, drive block the next blocker play side through the “V” of his neck. Destroy the blocking scheme!

Man Over (1 foot from the ball)Key the movement of the ball, take a lateral step play side parallel to the LOS. Then square up on the next lineman and attack.

Gap (tip of the football)Line up in the gap and go on the movement of the ball. Rip both forearms under the offensive lineman’s pads and penetrate 1 yard deep into the backfield and then fight pressure. Pinch (tip of the ball)On movement of the ball, sprint and drive your body directly toward the heels of the QB. Continue on this course destroying everything in your path. This is the only technique where your shoulders will not be square to the LOS. Pass Rush or GO (tip of the football)On movement of the ball, execute a pass rush move (bull-rush, swim, rip, push-pull, speed rip). Use an appropriate set up move for your style of pass rush and keep your feet moving towards the QB. Take and up field penetrating charge. Sprinters stance

TCNext Previous

Page 41: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

41

Defensive Line Techniques (Cont.).

Read (1 foot from football)

Key the Movement of the ball. Align head up and take a six inch power step with your near foot aiming for the next offensive lineman’s far hip. Deliver a blow and get separation.

a. Down or Reach Away block- take the first near gap that shows. Usually directly off the OL’s butt.b. On or Turn out block- fight across and play inside gapc. Reach to block- fight across and play inside gap

Cross (1 foot from football) (Going from a 3 tech. to a 1 tech.)

Key the movement of the ball. Align in a Shade technique, then take a six inch power step with your inside foot to the offensive lineman’s inside foot, while ripping your outside arm and delivering a blow to the offensive lineman’s inside breast plate. Get separation and extension, control the gap.

Tilt- Normally the nose tackle but can apply to any DT- Align in a shaded position and tilt toward the ball. This is meant to force Double teams and to develop a quick first step. This technique will be communicated as a tag after the call.

Example: 30 slant Tilt.

TCNext Previous

Page 42: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

42

Techniques for Defensive End/OLB PlayContain Technique:

Stance: 2 point with your inside foot up and shoulders square

Key: Movement – outside shoulder of TE.

Foot vs. a TE- inside foot on the outside shoulder/foot of the end to 2 feet outside the end. Do not get hooked… no one gets outside you. Use your hands to keep people off you.

TE/Wing- outside shoulder of Wing up to 5 yards than. Wing or slot wider than 5 yards- PSU tech. Or contain PR.Key movement of Wing.

Reactions to situations:

QB Sprint- penetrate to the QB and contain him. Attack through the outside shoulder of blocker (contain pass rush). Keep your shoulders parallel to the LOS.

Outside play- limit and contain the play. Let no blocker or ball carrier get outside of you; give ground grudgingly using your hands; don’t penetrate more that 1 yard unless the ball carrier gets in a vertical line with you, then go get him.

Off Tackle- if the TE gap blocks, key the near back and guard. If you recognize a kick out block, squeeze and attack the block with inside shoulder forearm (meet power with power) while keeping contain.

Drop Back- contain rush through the outside shoulder of the blocker (keep the QB inside). You must spin back inside when you move to a point 1 yard deeper than the QB. Note: OLB may have coverage responsibility

Play Away From You- pause and read, check for counter or reverse then move with an angle of pursuit to make game saving tackle.

Option- hard or soft techniqueHard Technique- attack pitch man now Soft technique- cat and mouse down LOS on inside shoulder of pitchman, keep that relationship down the field**ALERT** Calls by ends to each other, 2 = pitchman, 1 = QB

TCNext Previous

Page 43: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

43

Waggle Read- key near back. If near back goes away- backside pursuit behind LOS, no deeper than deepest back. Vs waggle to- stinger, vs inside trey buck- react. Near to- contain technique.

Wing- line up on the wing’s outside shoulder up to 5 yards. Have your inside foot up and key him for movement. Don’t penetrate more than 1 yard before reading and reacting as with the TE.

Flanker- A wing that moves out over 5 yards or more is considered a flanker. In this situation you will use a contain fire technique. If the flanker is a threat to crack, you can use a Penn State technique.

Slot- contain fire between the tackle and slot (or Penn State). If you can’t do either, move out on the slot and play him like a wing.Split End- Stay head up with end up to 5 yards out and attack him like a wing. If he moves out past 5 yards then move in and contain fire or Penn State technique (1 yard outside tackle).

Inside Technique (end without contain responsibility)

Stance: Chimp or 3/4 point

Key: Movement of TE if 3/4 point stance; movement of TE or OT if chimp

TE- align in a 7 technique. On TE movement, bubble the TE by drive blocking him to 1 yard deep through the “V” of the neck

and separate. Your primary responsibility is C-gap, but you must support outside. Fight pressure, but do not spin out until ball

has passed you to the outside. If TE arc releases outside whip your head inside and key the near back to the guard. Maintain

your area where you lined up originally, when you read power sweep, sprint out or drop back, go with reckless abandon! If the

play goes away from you take a shallow angle of pursuit for the cutback. Keep the TE off our LB’s.

Spilt End- play on his inside eye up to 5 yards then move to 5 technique and hammer to the hand of F.

Slot- play on the inside eye of the slot back up to 5 yards, then play the same as a split end.

Wing or Flanker- play inside technique on the TE

TCNext Previous

Page 44: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

44

Stunt Techniques

Stance: 2 or 3 Point

Key: Ball Movement

Crash- (Only on inside technique) Align in a 7 technique. On ball movement, sprint to the heels of the QB in his stance. Do not look for the ball, but “sell out” to the point blowing up anything in your path.

Hammer- If in contain, align 1 foot outside TE/Wing. If inside technique, align in a 7 technique. On the movement of the ball sprint full speed with pads low to the hand of the FB blowing up anything in your path.

Stinger- If in contain align 1 foot outside TE/Wing. On the movement of the ball, sprint to a point 3 yards deep (straight up field).

Face- If in contain, align 1 foot outside TE/Wing or head up, depending on the stunt. On movement of the ball, DO NOT move

from original position. Key backfield action and cover the 1st back out. In passing situations be alert for the draw. If the QB passes the RB, and no RB release to your side, get into the pass rush. If C gap responsibility 6 technique vs TE.

Dagger- If in contain, align 1 foot outside TE/Wing. If inside technique, align in a 7 technique. On the movement of the ball sprint full speed with pads low to the heels of the FB blowing up anything in your path

Edit- align with your inside foot back and in a three point stance. On snap- fire up field for two steps. On second step plant (break the glass) with your outside foot and rip under lineman.

Crazy- Ends widen, they have no contain or gap responsibility – their job is to sack the QB- 2 way go

FSU- - ends widen to a wide 5 or a wide 9- 3 point sprinter stance- contain PR

TCNext Previous

Page 45: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

45

Contain Fire and Penn State Technique

Stance: 2 Point

Key: Ball Movement

When you line up according to your rules feel that there is still a crack threat, you may use a Penn State technique or contain fire.

Penn State- turn your back to the crack threat and key the ball. Cross the LOS to 1 yard deep while keeping your back to the crack threat. Then square up and play contain.

Contain Fire- fire through the outside shoulder of the blocker, keeping the outside arm free to the depth of the QB . This technique can be used when you feel that you can beat the crack threat and execute your responsibility.

Option Responsibilities for the Defensive Ends

For Contain End with Pitch-man responsibility

Hard Technique- as soon as you read option get to the pitch man or his lead blocker; if he comes to your side knock him down. If the option doesn’t develop then you have normal contain responsibilities.

Soft technique- as soon as you read option, flatten out along the L.O.S. and stay on the inside shoulder of the pitch man or his lead blocker. Keep this relationship down the field.

For Defensive End with QB Responsibility

Hard Technique- when you read option, get to the QB as soon as you can, tackle him high in such a way that he cannot pitch the ball.

Soft technique- when you read option, flatten out along the L.O.S. with your shoulders square mirroring the QB

TCNext Previous

Page 46: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

46

TCNext Previous

Outside Linebacker Alignments

3 deep Coverage on the Perimeter

0 position

vs. TE or TE wing with zero receivers outside- Cock in to Ball get a tackle read, 4.5 yards from LOS and 1 to 3 yards wide depending on field position, down and distance, and game plan.

1 position

Vs. 1 receiver flanked out (i.e. Pro or Flank)- inside foot up, shoulders parallel to the LOS, 4.5 yards from LOS, split the difference between #1 and tackle, rule of thumb- tight enough to help with run, wide enough to get in skinny post window.

2 position

Vs. 2 receivers (i.e. slot) – inside foot up, shoulders parallel to LOS, 4.5 yards from LOS, gap foot the inside foot of the #2.

Page 47: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

47

TCNext Previous

Outside Linebacker Alignments

Other Alignment terms

Foot- Your inside foot on the outside foot of the TE off the heels of the DE

Ghost- Alignment taken off of the imaginary TE

Off- A 3 x 3 position taken from the TE or Ghost TE

Walk- An alignment taken by splitting the difference between the #2 WR and the Offensive Tackle.

Alignment in 2 deep defenses

Vs. a removed #2

Split the difference between the # 2 and the Tackle.

When playing Invert in a 43, 53, or 33

Gap foot the TE or Ghost TE

Page 48: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

48

Linebacker Techniques

Blitzing Techniques:

1. Balanced Stance with a slight stagger: Pressure Foot- Floater Foot meaning put pressure on the foot opposite of the direction that you are going. Avoid false steps and under stepping.

2. Great ball get-off: Anticipate snap count- key ball- go on ball movement. (spot ball speed)

3. Blitz Where your gap is- not where it was.

4. Out Athlete lineman- out physical backs

5. Low man wins- Low, Quick, hard- “grabbing grass”

6. Anticipate the ball being in your gap- don’t be surprised! Ball away- take a great pursuit angle down the line

Vs Run- always know your game responsibility and keep proper leverage

7. Know your gap responsibility- Ball to and ball away- know your blocking threats. Runs to= free/firm principles, - same shoulder-same foot- gap hand free

8. Vs lineman- hit and shed with hands- vs backs ISO- chest to chest/shoulder to shoulder- fill behind the line- don’t catch, same foot/same shoulder

9. Vs pulls away- call out pull

10. Vs run away and outside runs- keep proper leverage- if cut back or inside-out player- expect cutback- fill the greenYou should be thinking, “Please cutback, Please cutback”- Think Cloudy/clear- if the game is clear- if you can make it-take it, if it is closed or cloudy- tightly press over the top to the next clear gap.

Vs. Pass- see coverage section

TCNext Previous

Page 49: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

49

Fronts30- 50 with pressure coming from weak side34- 54 with pressure coming from strong side32- 52 with pressure coming from middleChoice- any call with pressure coming from choice side

Buck choiceBuck choice 3 invert (middle)

4344Ram stackSlam stackAs a general Note- it is important that we don’t allow the offense to become too comfortable with what we are doing. Therefore OLB can always “sugar up”- meaning they can and should show one thing and then get into their correct positions- prior to the snap.- When not in our base defense the DL should show a head position and then stem to their shades prior to snap.

Also we will call certain gamesGames- DL stemmingShow and Go- showing the blitz and goingShow (joker)- showing one blitz but running anotherJump to- starting in one front and shifting to another- pre-snapRadar- All front players are in a 2 point stance and are moving to disguise gap responsibility- this can include entire front or only certain players.

TCNext Previous

Page 50: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

50

RamSeries

Option Responsibility- Contain (DE) = QB, M/W- dive to QB, S/H- pitchmanNote: stunts, blitzes, and game plan can change responsibility

TC

Coverage:Silver (cover 4)Red (3 weak)

Cloud (cover 2)3 strong

Black Green

Next Previous

34 Rush side (offensive weakside) Pressure

Page 51: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

51

Ram

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

SH

Coverage:Silver (cover 4)3 weakCloud (cover 2)3 strong

Foot

4 tech., Angle

30

0 tech., Angle

30 tech.

4 tech., slant

Ghost, Slant

TE/ triangle

OT or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

OT/Ball

OT/Ball

D gap Stay – silverCutbck- 3 deep

C gap Trail

B gap

A gap strong

A gap

B gap

C gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

B gap, - cross face

Trail, alert boot

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

Pass Rush

Pass Rush

Pass Rush

Contain

Foot

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

30 Walk

00 tech. 2 gap

0 tech.0 tech.

TCNext Previous

Page 52: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

52

Ram Tug

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

SH

Coverage:Silver (cover 4)3 weak, Blue (2)

Foot

4 tech., Angle

30

0 tech., Slant

Loose 30 tech.

4 tech., read tech

Ghost, Slant

TE/ triangle

OT or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

OT/Ball

OT/Ball

D gap Stay – silverCutbck- 3 deep

C gap Trail

B gap

A gap strong

A to B

B to A

C gap

Leverage

Slow read

A gap, re-direct

Run down

Trail, alert boot

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

Pass Rush

Pass Rush

Pass Rush

Contain

Foot

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

Loose 30 Walk

00 tech. 2 gap

0 tech.0 tech.

“Read Tech.”

H- Vs Te and 2 backs aiming point- OT shoulder, vs. 1 back TE

TCNext Previous

Page 53: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

53

Ram Read

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

SH

Coverage:Silver (cover 4)3 weakBlue (cover 2)

Foot

4 tech., Angle

30

0 tech., Slant

Loose 30 tech.

4 tech., read tech

Ghost, Read

TE/ triangle

OT or ball

OG/Triangle

Ball

OG/Triangle

OT/Ball

OT/Ball

D gap Stay – silverCutbck- 3 deep

C gap Trail

B gap

A gap strong

A to C

B to A

C to B gap

Leverage

Slow read

A gap, re-direct

Run down

Run down

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

Pass Rush

Pass Rush

Pass Rush

Contain

Foot

Foot

Walk

Walk- no readCheck Tug

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

Loose 30 Walk

00 tech. 2 gap

0 tech.0 tech.

“Read Tech.”

“Read Tech.”

TCNext Previous

Page 54: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

54

Ram Bull

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

S

H

Coverage:Silver (cover 4)3 weak, Blue (2)

Foot

4 tech., Angle

30

0 tech., Angle

30 tech.

4 tech., angle out

Ghost, get depth and sugar up- Buck

TE/ triangle

OT or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

OT/Ball

OG/Ball

D gap Stay – silverCutbck- 3 deep

C gap Trail

B gap

A gap strong

A

C gap

B gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

C gap- trail

B gap , cross face

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

Contain

Pass Rush

Pass Rush

Contain

Foot

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

30 Walk

00 tech. 2 gap

0 tech.0 tech.

RE- cover 4 squeeze vs. kickout, spill in 3 wk

TCNext Previous

Page 55: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

55

Ram Shade

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

SH

Coverage:Silver (cover 4)3 weakBlue (cover 2)

Foot

5 tech., Attack

30

shade 1 tech., Attack

30 tech.

3 tech., Attack

5 tech., gap step

TE/ triangle

OT or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

OG/Ball

OT/Ball

D gap Stay – silverCutbck- 3 deep

C gap Trail

B gap

A gap strong

A

B gap

C gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

B gap- re-direct

Trail

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

PR

contain

Pass Rush

Contain

Foot

7 tech.

Walk

5 tech.

3 tech.3 tech.

5 tech. 5 tech.

30

30 Walk

00 tech. 2 gap

2i tech.2i tech.

Notes:

Vs 1 back N in a 2i

TCNext Previous

Page 56: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

56

Ram Shadow

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

SH

Coverage:Silver (cover 4)3 weakBlue (cover 2)

Foot

5 tech., Attack

30

Shade 1 tech., Slant

30 tech.

3 tech., Rip

5 tech., Attack

TE/ triangle

OT or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball

OT/Ball

D gap Stay – silverCutbck- 3 deep

C gap Trail

B gap

A gap strong

B

A gap

C gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

A gap- re-direct

Trail

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

PR

contain

Pass Rush

Contain

Foot

7 tech.

Walk

5 tech.

3 tech.3 tech.

5 tech. 5 tech.

30

30 Walk

00 tech. 2 gap

2i tech. attack2i tech. attack

Notes:

Vs 1 back N in a 2i

TCNext Previous

Page 57: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Ram shade (under)

H E N E S

MW

Ram shadow

H E N E S

MW

under solid

H E N E S

MW(foot) (foot) (9 tech.)

under in

H E N E S

MW

under g over

H E N E S

MW

under shift (tilt)

H N E S

MW

(angle)

(foot) (foot)

E

under sin

H E N E S

MW

under Angle (can cheat to head up)

H E N E S

MW

under Read(can cheat to head up)

H E N E S

MW(7 tech.) (angle) (angle) (angle) (read) (read) (read) (foot)

(feather- scrape exchange)

Page 58: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

under shadow Bend weak

H E N E S

MW

under curve strong (Dog)

H E N E S

MW

under noose

H E N ES

MW(foot)

(foot)

under tommit

H E N E S

MW

under edit

H E N E S

MW(foot) (foot)

under adjust

H E N E S

MW

H E N E S

MW

H E N E SMW

under Dos

H E N E SMW

(1st)(2nd)

(read) (read) (loop)(Angle)(A- long scoop)

(A- long scoop)(Angle)

2 gap

2 way go

Adjust

Note: a crazy tag- tells the hawk he has an automatic 2 way go, the rocked down safety will make the Hawk right.

Page 59: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

59

SlamSeries

Option Responsibility- Contain (DE) = QB, M/W- dive to QB, S/H- pitchmanNote: stunts, blitzes, and game plan can change responsibility

TCNext Previous

34 Strongside (offensive Stronhside) Pressure

Coverage:3 strong

Black Green

Page 60: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

60

Slam

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

S

H

Coverage:3 strong

Foot, Slant tech.

4 tech. Slant tech.

30

0 tech., Angle

30

4 tech., Angle

Ghost

OT/Ball

OG or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OT

TE/OT

C gap Trail- alert boot

B gap B gap re-direct

A gap

A gap weak

B

C gap

D gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

C gap- Trail

Cutback/hitman

Contain

Coverage

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush

Pass rush

Foot

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.7 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

30 30

30

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes:

$$ “Contain”

TCNext Previous

Page 61: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

61

Slam Tug

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

S

H

Coverage:3 strong

Foot, Slant tech.

4 tech. Read tech.

30

0 tech., Slant

30

4 tech., Angle

Ghost

OT/Ball

OG or ball

OG/Triangle

Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OT

TE/OT

C gap Trail- alert boot

A to B gap

re-direct

A to B gap

A gap weak

B

C gap

D gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

C gap- Trail

Cutback/hitman

Contain

Coverage

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush

Pass rush

Foot

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.7 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

30 30

30

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes:Sam vs 2 back inside te, vs. 1 back outside TE.

$$ “Contain”

Read tech. Slant tech.

TCNext Previous

Page 62: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

62

Slam Read

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

S

H

Coverage:3 strong

Foot, Read tech.

4 tech. Read tech.

Loose 30

0 tech., Slant

30

4 tech., Angle

Ghost

OT/Ball

OG or ball

OG/Triangle

Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OT

TE/OT

C to B gap

Run down

B to A gap

rundown

A to C gap

A gap weak

B

C gap

D gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

C gap- Trail

Cutback/hitman

Contain

Coverage

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush

Pass rush

Foot

Foot

Walk, check Tug

Walk

4 tech.7 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

Loose 30

30 30

Loose 30

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes: Sam should cheat alignment

$$ “Contain”

Read tech. Read tech.

TCNext Previous

Page 63: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

63

Slam Bull

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

S

H

Coverage:3 strong

Foot, Buck tech.

4 tech. Angle out.

30

0 tech., Angle

30

4 tech., Angle

Ghost

OG/Ball

Te/T or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OT

TE/OT

B gap B gap cross face

C gap C gap trail

A gap

A gap weak

B

C gap

D gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

C gap- Trail

Cutback/hitman

Pass Rush

Coverage

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush

Contain

6i

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.7 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

30 30

30

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes:

$$ “Contain”

TCNext Previous

Page 64: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

64

Slam Shade

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

S

H

Coverage:3 strong

3 tech. Attack

30

shade 1 tech., Attack

30

5 tech., Attack

Off

TE

OG or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OT

TE/OT

C gap Trail

B gap B gap re- direct

A gap

A gap weak

B

C gap

D gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

C gap- Trail

Cutback/hitman

Contain

Coverage

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush

Pass Rush

7

Foot

5 tech.

Walk

5 tech.7 tech.

3 tech. 3 tech.

30

30 Walk

30

2i tech.2i tech.

Notes: vs. 1 back Nose – 2i

$$ “Contain”

7 tech.- Bubble

TCNext Previous

Page 65: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

65

Slam Shadow

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

S

H

Coverage:3 strong

3 tech. Rip tech.

30

Shade 1 tech., Slant

30

5 tech., Attack

Off

TE

C or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OT

TE/OT

C gap Trail

A gap A gap re- direct

B gap

A gap weak

B

C gap

D gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

C gap- Trail

Cutback/hitman

Contain

Coverage

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush

Pass Rush

7

Foot

5 tech.

Walk

5 tech.7 tech.

3 tech. 3 tech.

30

30 Walk

30

2i tech.2i tech.

Notes: vs. 1 back Nose – 2i

$$ “Contain”

7 tech.- Bubble

TCNext Previous

Page 66: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Slam up shade in (attack/read/tug/slant/crash)- 3 strong

HN EES

$$M W C

F$C# H H

3x3 off wing

#

1/2 1/41/4

N EES$$

M W CF$C

# H H

3x3 off tackle

#

1/2 1/41/4

H

N EES$$ M W C

F$CLD

M H

1/2 1/41/4

H#

Cross key- alert for CounterWaggle

N EES$$ M W C

F$CLD

M H

1/2 1/41/4

H#

Cross key- alert for CounterWaggle

TCNext Previous

Page 67: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Slam shade series Cover: 3 strg Ram shade series Cover: 3 wk 3 strg, 2, 4, 6

Slam shade Slam shade In

Slam shade over

Slam shade g over

Slam shade under

Slam shade even

N EE S

W M $$H

N EE S

W M $$H

N EE S

W M $$H

N EE S

W M $$H

N EE S

W M $$H

N EE SW

M $$H

Ram shade- vs removed back SE- 6 tech, N- 2i, Sam- walk

Ram shade solid- 3 strong/4/2/3wk Ram shade over

Ram shade g over

Ram shade shift- RE tilt in wk A Ram shade sin- 3 strong

N EE SW M

H N EE S

W M

H

$$

30 shade g solid- puts N in 2i

N EE SW M

H

N EE SW M

H N EE SW M

HF$

N EE S

W M

H$$

foot

foot

TC

Next Previous

Page 68: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

68

30Series

We can Choice any of these calls

Expect to use “Dime” Personnel

Option Responsibility- Contain (DE) = QB, M/W- dive to QB, S/H- pitchmanNote: stunts, blitzes, and game plan can change responsibility

TCNext Previous

Page 69: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

69

30 Tackles Out

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW SH

Coverage:Cover 3- roll, invert, Silver (cover 4)Blue (cover 2) Cover 8- roll, deuce, spy, safe, falconMan under 2 deep

4 tech. Or wide 5- check DD

30

0 tech., Attack or Angle

30

4 tech., or wide 5

Off

TE/OT triangle

OT

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OT

TE/OT

D gap Hitman

C gap Trail

B gap

Double A gap

B

C gap

D gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

C gap- Trail

Cutback/hitman

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush

Contain

Off

Off

Walk

Walk

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

30 30

30

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes: Can give nose a direction or have him attack

Off

TCNext Previous

Page 70: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

70

30 Crash/Edit

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW SH

Coverage:Cover 3- roll, invert, Silver (cover 4)Blue (cover 2) Cover 8- roll, deuce, spy, safe,Man under 2 deepMan Free

4 tech. Or wide 4i check DD- Pinch

Loose 30

0 tech., Attack

Loose 30

4 tech., or 4i- Pinch

Off

TE/OT triangle

OG/Ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OG

TE/OT

D gap Hitman/Cutback

B gap Trail

C gap

Double A gap

C Gap

B gap

D gap

A Gap

A gap

A gap, re-direct

Trail

Cutback/hitman

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush, wrap for QB contain

Contain

Foot

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

Loose 30

Loose 30 Loose 30

Loose 30

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes: Pass sit. Ends can run an edit.

ILB- spy flow vs. sprint out

Off

TCNext Previous

Page 71: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

71

30 Read Mike

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SS DE

M

N

W

H

N EE

MW SH

Coverage:Cover 3- invert, Silver (cover 4)Blue (cover 2) Man Free

4 tech. Read tech.

Loose 30

0 tech., Slant

30

4 tech., Angle

Ghost

TE/OT triangle

OG/Ball

S DE

C/Ball

OG/ Triangle

Ball/OT

OG triangle

D gap Slow read/Reverse

B to A gap

Run Down

C to B gap

A gap

A to B gap

C gap

D gap

Leverage

Cutback

A gap, re-direct

Contain, Trail

Slow read/ reverse

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush,

Pass Rush

Off

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

30 30

30

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes: W spy flow fire

Off

R DE

Read tech.

TCNext Previous

Page 72: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

72

30 Buck Mike

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SS DE

M

N

W

H

N EE

MW SH

Coverage:Cover 3- invert, Silver (cover 4)Blue (cover 2) Man Free

4 tech. Angle.

20

0 tech., Angle

30

4 tech., Angle

Ghost

TE/OT triangle

OT/Ball

OG

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OT

OG triangle

D gap Slow read/Reverse

C gap Trail

A to B gap

A gap

B to A gap

C gap

D gap

Leverage

Cutback

A gap, re-direct

Contain, Trail

Slow read/ reverse

Coverage

Pass Rush

Coverage

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush

Contain

Off

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

20

30 30

20

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes: Mike read Guard G out- A gap, G blocks down- B gap

Off

R DE

TCNext Previous

Page 73: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

73

30 Read Will

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SS DE

M

N

W

H

N EE

MW SH

Coverage:Cover 3- invert, Silver (cover 4)Blue (cover 2) Man Free

4 tech. Angle.

30

0 tech., Slant

Loose 30

4 tech., Read tech.

Ghost

TE/OT triangle

OT/Ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

R DE

Ball/OG

OT triangle

D gap Slow read/Reverse

C gap Trail

A to B gap

A gap

C to B gap

A to B gap

D gap

Cutback

Contain/trail

A gap, re-direct

Rundown

Slow read/ reverse

Coverage

Coverage

Contain

Pass Rush

Coverage

Pass Rush

Contain

Off

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

30 30

30

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes: Mike spy flow fires vs sprint out

Off

R DE

Read Tech.

TCNext Previous

Page 74: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

74

30 Buck Will

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SS DE

M

N

W

H

N EE

MW SH

Coverage:Cover 3- invert, Silver (cover 4)Blue (cover 2) Man Free

4 tech. Angle.

30

0 tech., Angle

20

4 tech., Angle

Ghost

TE/OT triangle

OT/Ball

OG

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OT

OG triangle

D gap Slow read/Reverse

C gap Trail

B to A gap

A gap

A to B gap

C gap

D gap

Cutback

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

Contain, Trail

Slow read/ reverse

Coverage

Coverage

Pass Rush

Contain

Coverage

Pass Rush,

Contain

Off

Foot

Walk

Walk

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

30

20 20

30

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes: Mike spy flow fires vs sprint out

Off

R DE

TCNext Previous

Page 75: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

75

Fire Boxer

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SS DE

M

N

W

H

N EE

MW

SH

Coverage:

Blue (cover 2)

4 tech. slant

40

0 tech., Attack

40

4 tech., slant tech

Ghost, slant tech.

TE/OT triangle

OG/Ball

OG/ Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OG

TE/OT triangle

D gap Trail

B gap

A to C gap

Double A gap

A to D gap

B gap

C gap

A gap Cutback

A gap cutback

Run down

B gap cross face

Trail

Contain

Coverage

Coverage

Pass Rush

Contain

Coverage- screen, drags, middle screen

Pass Rush

foot

Foot

Exchange w/ Mike

Exchange w/ will

4 tech.4 tech.

4 tech. 4 tech.

40

40 Exchange w/ hawk

Exchange w/ Sam

0 tech.0 tech.

Notes: Vs. removed #2 OLB/ILB exchange responsibility

Foot slant tech.

R DE

B gap- cross face

TCNext Previous

Page 76: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

76

30 Loop

E N E

WM HS

E N E

WM HS

30 Wrap

E N E

WM HS

E N E

WM HS

30 backer (can also tag mike/will)30 Lasso

E N E

WM HS

E N E

WM HS

30 boundary fire30 field fire (can be tagged)

Field

Field

Field Field

Field

Field Boundary

Boundary

BoundaryBoundary

Boundary

Boundary

Boundary End runs read stunt off OG, Nose- plays Dbl “A” and contains the Boundary vs. pass

Field End runs read stunt off OG, Nose runs read stunts off of OG, Boundary End wraps for contain vs. pass

Field End Contain PR, Nose Read to Boundary- contain, Boundary End rubs off the nose

Field End plays B gap, pass drop low middle, Nose read stunt to contain, Boundary End Lasso, Field ILB blitzes off the Field End to Contain

Field OLB blitzes to contain, Field End plays the B gap then drops in coverage. Note: ILB/OLB can exchange blitz vs removed #2

Boundary OLB blitzes to contain, Boundary End plays the B gap then drops in coverage. Note: ILB/OLB can exchange blitz vs removed #2

TCNext Previous

Page 77: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

77

52 5 Man Fronts

Sam and Hawk- in a 9. ghost 9 or a 5 tech. (no coverage) or off the heels of the DE cocked in and cross keying.Vs. Pass- contain PR

Coverage:Green (0)Black (1) Raider (1)Shell (42)Monster 3 deep

Note: Vs. open sets with a removed #2, the OLB to that side can widen and the ILB will exchangeResponsibilities. OLB gives End a “Cage” call- DE now has contain.

If we go with a Heavy package- we can replace one of the Safeties with a DL/DE type player and the Sam Linebacker will become a 2nd level defender.

Option Responsibility- Contain (DE) = QB, M/W- dive to QB, S/H- pitchmanNote: stunts, blitzes, and game plan can change responsibility

TC

We can also go spy/isolate with the $$- $$ will spy backfield threatCovers- 0,1, 3

N EEH SMW

$$

Next Previous

Page 78: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

78

52 Angle (strg/wk/choice)

E N E

MW

SH E N E

MW

SH

52 Double Eagle

E N E

MW

SH E N E

MW

SH

52 Load52 Eagle

E N E

MW

SH E N E

MW

SH

52 tackles in52 ½ load

E, N, E- angle technique to call E, N, E- attack technique, can be tagged tackles out

RE- slant to OT, Nose slant to OG, SE Attack RE- and Nose Pinch to heels of QB, SE attack- can be tagged tackles out, RE/N Angle out

Re and Nose Gap technique, SE- Attack Re and SE Angle in, Nose- Attack

TCNext Previous

Page 79: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

79

52 Tackles Out

E N E

MW

SH E N E

MW

SH

52 Double Eagle Fire

E N E

MW

SH E N E

MW

SH

52 Load Fire52 Eagle Fire

E N E

MW

SH E N E

MW SH

52 ½ angleShade strong

Re and SE angle out, Nose attacks, End to open side Attacks if one TE

End angle out, Nose angle away from Fire, can be tagged Will or Mike, or it can be choiced

Rush End angles out, Nose angle away from Fire, SE attacks can be tagged Will or Mike, or it can be choiced

Rush End and Nose pinch, SE angles out- can be tagged Will or Mike, or it can be choiced

Ends and Nose Attack RE attacks, Nose and SE angle, this can be choiced

TCNext Previous

Page 80: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

80

43“Cane” Series

Option Responsibility- Contain (DE)/H = QB, M- dive to QB, S/W- pitchmanNote: stunts, blitzes, and game plan can change responsibility

TCNext Previous

All shade and gaps should be stunted to late

Shades Tech. refers to Tackles, All shade refers to tackles and Ends Gap refers to the Tackle and All gap to DT/DEShade Strong- ST- 3, RT- 2i Gap strong- ST- B, RT- AShade Weak- RT 3, ST- 2i Gap weak- ST- A, RT- B Shade In- RT and ST- 2i Gap in- both tackles AShade Out- RT and ST- 3 Gap out- Both tackles BShade field- Tackle to field- 3, tackle to boundary 2i Field gap- both tackle gap to fieldShade Boundary- Tackle to Boundary 3, Tackle to field – 2i Boundary gap- both tackles gap to Boundary

All stunts can have a gap or shade tag

Page 81: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

81

Cane

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SS DE

M

N

W

H

N EE

MW S

H

Coverage:

Blue (cover 2)Cover 3 variationsStar (cover 4)Green (cover 0)Black (cover 1)3 strong

9 tech

00

3 tech.

Gap foot

2i

5 tech

OG triangle

TE/T

OG/ Triangle

OG/Ball

OG/Triangle

Ball/OG

TE/OT triangle

C gap Hitman

D gap

A gap

B gap

B gap

A gap

C gap

B gap

hitman

Run down

A gap run down

Trail

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

Pass Rush

Contain

Pass Rush

Contain

Gap foot- c gap

7 tech.

Depends on coverage

5 tech.

2i2 tech.

9 tech. 5 tech.

00

Gap foot – c gap

Depends on coverage

Depends on coverage

3 tech.2 tech.

Notes: gap responsibility will depend upon stunt and coverage

“In” call switch SE and SAM alignments

Gap foot c gap

R DE

Trail

TCNext Previous

Page 82: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

82

Cane Under (PR)

E N E

MWS

H E N E

MW S

H

Cane Over (PR)

E N E

MW S

H E N E

MW S

H

Cane TwistCane Cross

E N E

MW S

H E N E

MW S

H

CaneTommitCane Twister

PR call lets our Pass Rushers get up field & read on the run PR call lets our Pass Rushers get up field & read on the run

DT use the Rip tech. to go from an under to an over

D- A A- B D-B D-B A- B C-A

D- B A- B C-A

1 use the Read tech. 3 tech. reads off the 2i.

Both 2 techs. Read center- goes away read tech, Center blocks to fit off of read

Inside rusher run TO PR, Outside Rusher work under their moveAlways stunt the sticks

TCNext Previous

Page 83: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

83

Cane Edit

E N E

MWS

H E N E

MWS

H

Cane Tornado

E N E

MW S

H E N E

MW S

H

Cane Wrap also Hawk WrapTexas weak Texas strong

E N E

MW S

H E N E

MW S

H

Cane Odd (ODD Fire M fires A gap) (odd arson) Cane Tom

Outside Rushers work up field and under, Inside Rushers work up and out to contain.- Always stunt the sticks

Field boundary

Field boundary

Both Field Rushers run read stunts, Boundary Tackle wraps to contain, boundary end contain

Field Rushers- Edit, Boundary Rushers- Tommit

2 tech runs a read stunt off of center, Nose fits off the H, Hawk has a two way go

D-B B-A A- D A- CAD- A

TCNext Previous

Page 84: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

84

Cane Angle

E N E

MW S

H E N E

MW S

H

E N E

MW S

H E N E

MW S

H

Cane Will and Mike BarrelCane Will and Sam Barrel

E N E

MW S

H E N E

MW S

H

Cane Double Dog (can be tagged)

Cane Tim

Cane Tomit Dog (can tagged)

Man covering TE plays C gap first to TE

TCNext Previous

Page 85: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

85

Soldier+ stunt

E N E

MW

SH E N E

M

W

S

H

E N E

MW S

H E N E

MW S

H

Texas StrongHawk Wrap

E N E

MW S

H E N E

MW S

H

War stunt

Edit Arson

Hawk wrap hit first opening

Twist Barrel

TCNext Previous

Page 86: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

86

Zone Blitz

Schemes

TCNext Previous

Page 87: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

87

Zone BlitzI. Philosophy

We can run this package in all game situations and everywhere on the field.We can zone blitz from all of our fronts.Zone blitzes are effective because they combine the best aspects of aggressive and safe

football.

a. Playing zone coverage not manb. Destroys blocking schemesc. Run support provided by zone coverage

II. Goals and points of emphasis

1. Disrupt the offense

a. Make the blocking rules work against themselvesb. 8 man fronts to stop runc. Take away “hot throws”

2. Play great zone defense

d. Use man to man concepts against certain formationse. Play cover 3 and cover 2- don’t get beat deepf. Collision when possibleg. Deepest man in zoneh. Know the sticksi. Stay out of “No cover Zone”j. Know your responsibility, threat, help

3. Play Run first, pass second

a. Be in proper run support position, before executing you coverage responsibilitiesb. Read and trust your keys before the snapc. Make quick and correct decisions

4. The 2 most important players are the corners

a. Must control 3 step gameb. Must be able to play man to manc. Must make interceptionsd. Know where/when your help ise. Make playsf. Don’t get beat deep

TCNext Previous

Page 88: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

88

Zone Blitz

III. Game Planning

A. Run Game

a. Maintain proper run support with proper leverageb. OVERLOAD at the point of attackc. ISOLATE a blockerd. Affect the TIMING of the playe. ATTACK and ELIMINATE the trapping lanesf. CREATE schemes that produce unblocked defenders

B. Pass Game

We must attack certain protections and maintain deep zone integrity. We will attack protections in the following ways:

a. OVERLOAD a certain area of the protectionb. ISOLATE a specific blocker- find mismatchesc. CREATE missed assignments by exchanging rush lanesd. CREATE missed assignments by disguising or bluffing pressuree. Create assignment errors by dropping a defender and sending a second level player

TCNext Previous

Page 89: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

89

Zone Blitz Techniques for Dropping Lineman

I. Dropping Lineman

DL always plays run first

A. DE-(one step technique)

1. DE take one step up field and attack the offensive player2. DE will try to get a run pass read in one step3. VS. run- secure gap4. VS Pass- drop into coverage using crossover step- he has already pre-read his threats

B. Nose- (2 step technique)

5. Nose two steps up field and attack the OL6. Nose will try to get a run pass read in those 2 steps7. VS.- secure Gap8. VS pass- Drop into coverage

TCNext Previous

Page 90: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

90

Zone Blitz Coverage

1. Rock- puts the play side safety into Deuce coverage- top of numbers2. Roll- puts the play side corner into Deuce coverage- top of numbers3. Exit- puts the play side end into Deuce coverage- top of numbers4. Boxer- puts the nose in the hole (trey) 5. Shale – puts the OLB into Deuce coverage- top of numbers6. Wolf- puts the play side ILB in Deuce coverage- top of the numbers7. Strike- puts the SS in the hole 8. Flash- puts the FS in the hole9. Frisco- ZB in 43 series- OLB plays #’s controls 2, Safety to that side blitzes

Coverage Calls

Coverage Checks

1. “Trey” call- puts the Deuce player into the Hole- Deuce player becomes a Trey player2. “Rock” call- safe call that makes the safety the Deuce player in order to put the better cover guy against a certain

look.3. Check “Rock” also changes 42 shell in Cover 334. “Trigger” – occurs when we face trips away from our outside blitz series: “me must re-rock our middle 1/3 player”

Safety to trips- rocks downSafety away from trips plays middle thirdTrips side #’s player becomes the middle playerMiddle player- becomes backside numbers player- he “Buzz the numbers”

TCNext Previous

Page 91: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

91

Coverage 33Under Coverage – 3 under- numbers controlling #2, middle controlling #3

3 deepWe are giving up the flats

50 5040 40

30 3020 20

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I

Middle“Trey”

Landmark = middle depth

Control #3

Depth 12-15 yds

cover middle hooks and crossersRead 3-2-1

Numbers“Deuce”

Landmark =Top of #’s Depth 12-15 yds

cover Curl to Flat, read 2-1-3

Numbers“Deuce”

Landmark =Top of #’s Depth 12-15 yds

cover Curl to Flat, read 2-1-3

Deep 1/3 Deep 1/3 Deep 1/3

NO Cover Zone

TCNext Previous

Page 92: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

92

Zone Blitz CoverageCover 33

1. Deuce Player- Landmark= top of #’s, Zone= Seam/Curl, control 2, read 2-1 also: referred to as an Alley drop

a. Must locate #2 pre snap

b. Is he “tight” or “Wide” (removed)

c. Always top deepest receiver in zone

d. Drop 12 to 15 yards to top of numbers

e. As we get to Seam/Curl area you are reading #2 to #1

f. Always try to collision #2’s route, but never disrupt you drop to do it.

g. Be aware of crossers- play deepest man in zone

h. Read # 2

If # 2 Vertical release- try to collision his route and get underneath his route, eyes on QB- looking for next threat to zone

If #2 releases inside- try to collision and expand to inside top of numbers- eyes on QB looking for next threat to zone

IF # 2 releases outside- drop to inside edge of numbers looking for #1 to come back inside. Always play the deepest man in your zone, jump the shallow route when the ball is thrown.

I. Deuce Player

TCNext Previous

Page 93: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

93

Zone Blitz CoverageCover 33

1. Trey Player- Landmark= Push to # 3, Zone= Middle control 3, read 3-2-1 also: referred to as a Middle drop

a. Must locate #3 pre snap and open up and push to #3 on Pass

b. Trey is very important in running game- must be able to clean up and make tackles

c. Always top the deepest man in zone- never jump the shallow routes.

d. Drop 12 to 15 yards to the side of #3

If # 3 Vertical release- try to collision while you look for the next threat coming into the middle area

If #3 releases inside- try to collision and push backside looking for #2 or #1 entering the middle area

IF # 3 releases outside- expand out looking for #2 or #1 coming back inside

II. Trey Player- middle /hole player

TCNext Previous

Page 94: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

94

Zone Blitz CoverageCover 33

1. Read through the three step game “Kick-Shuffle-Slide”

When # 2 is tight the corner may press cover.

2. Man to man vs any vertical by number 1

a. 5 or 7 step game:

- Play the deepest man in zone- Zone split technique vs. multiple receivers in zone- Don’t get beat deep

b. Run Game:

- Late force player after ball has crossed the LOS- Outside- IN leverage or over the top- DON’T GET BEAT DEEP!!!! Don’t bite on play action or toss passes

III. Deep outside third player

TCNext Previous

Page 95: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

95

Zone Blitz CoverageCover 33

1. Read through the three step game “Hot” throws

a. 5 or 7 step game:

- Play the deepest man in zone- Zone split technique vs. multiple receivers in zone- Don’t get beat deep

b. Run Game:

- Late force player after ball has crossed the LOS- Inside – Out leverage or over the top- DON’T GET BEAT DEEP!!!! Don’t bite on play action or toss passes

IV. Deep Middle third player

TCNext Previous

Page 96: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

96

50

Coverage 42 shellUnder Coverage – 4 under- hash players controlling #2, Flat players

We are giving up the middle- hash players cannot allow any in patterns2 deep

5040 40

30 3020 20

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I INO Cover Zone

Flat

Read 2-1-3

Curl to flat

Back out

HashLandmark = Hash Don’t expand off

of hash until ball is thrown

Control #2

Depth 12-15 yds

cover Hook to Curl, slant

read 2-1

HashLandmark = Hash Don’t expand off of hash until ball

is thrown

Control #2

Depth 12-15 yds

cover Hook to Curl, slant

read 2-1

Flat

Read 2-1-3

Curl to flat

Back out

1/2100% pass- read 2-1

1/2100% pass- read 2-1

TCNext Previous

Page 97: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

97

50

Coverage 42 shell rollUnder Coverage – 4 under- rolling over 2 away from TE

2 deep5040 40

30 3020 20

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I

HashLandmark = Hash Don’t expand off of hash until ball

is thrown

Control #2

Depth 12-15 yds

cover Hook to Curl, slant

read 2-1

NO Cover ZoneHash to Flat

Read 2-1-3

Curl to flat

Back out- screen, crosser

Flat

Read 2-1-3

Curl to flat

Back out

1/2100% pass- read 2-1

1/2100% pass- read 2-1

MiddleLandmark =

middle depth

Control #3

Depth 12-15 yds

cover middle hooks and crossers

Read 3-2-1

TCNext Previous

Page 98: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

98

Zone Blitz Coverage42 Shell

1. Must locate #1 prior to snap- Is number 1 “tight” or “wide”

2. Always “Top” deepest man in zone

3. Flat drop- 12-15 yards to top of numbers

4. Try to force #1 back inside while looking for #2 or #3 to come outside

a. If #1 releases outside- deny and get hands on- “take the charge” if he gets outside with no hands on- sink quickly 12-15 yards (turkey hole)

b. If #1 releases vertical- get hands on and funnel him inside “take the charge” looking for next outside threat

c. If # 1 releases inside- get hands on and find the next threat coming outside.

I. Flat Player (numbers)

TCNext Previous

Page 99: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

99

Zone Blitz Coverage42 Shell

1. Must locate #3 prior to snap- Is number 3 “tight” or “wide”- if # 3 in backfield locate #2

2. Always “Top” deepest man in zone

3. Drop- 12-15 yards to Hash area

4. Try to deny all inside routes by #2 or #3- but do go out of your way

5. Always top the deepest receiver in the Hash Area

a. If #3 releases outside- expand and “wall off” # 2 or #1 from coming inside

b. If #3 releases vertical- collision and funnel outside, you must prevent him from going inside

c. If # 3 releases inside- try to deny then look for backside crossing routes or back out

6. If the Safeties “Rock” away from you- you are the “lone dove” backside, meaning you must man up any outside patterns from backfield, TE, or crosser- the Corner will not be there.

II. Alley Player (Hash)

TCNext Previous

Page 100: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

100

Zone Blitz Coverage42 Shell

1. Align at 13 yards on the inside or outside the hash

2. Weak side- never get outside the hash with one WR.

3. Strong side- try to be inside the hash

4. If number 2 is removed- eyes inside

5. Must be able to get off of hash

6. Don’t get beat deep

7. Check “Rock” vs. trips. Safety to trips- Rocks down and plays “Deuce” to that side, The Hash player to trips side now controls number 3, The other safety is hot on #3 and plays middle third

III. Deep ½ player

TCNext Previous

Page 101: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

101

Additional Zone Blitz Coverages

N EE

S M W H CC

$ $

Ram Tug Fire Shell trap (check Rock/trigger to trips)

N EE

S M W H CC

$ $

Ram Tug Fire Roll 2 (check rock/trigger to trips)

N EE

S M W H CC

$ $

Ram Tug Fire Roll 3- check trigger vs trips away, rock vs. remove #2 weak

N EE

S M W

HCC

$ $

Ram read fire cat- check trigger/tug vs trips away, tug rock vs removed # 2 weak. Also 50 read cat 2- $-flat, W- H, $- ½, C-1/2

FlatFlat

Hash/wall 2

Run clear Hash/wall 2

1/2 1/2Hot on #2

1/2 1/2

Flat

#’s – lone dovemiddle

Hash

#’s

1/31/31/3

#’s middle#’s

#’s middle

1/3 1/31/3

Next Previous TC

Page 102: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

102

Additional Zone Blitz Coverages

N EE

S

M W H

C

C

$

$

Ram Tug fire Black

N EE

S

M W H

CC

$

$

Ram Tug Fire Black Peel + additional blitz- remaining backer - #2

N EES

M W H

CC $ $

Ram Tug fire Green + additional fire- remaining backer owes #3

N EE

S M W H

CC $ $

Ram Tug fire green peel + 2 additional fires (“peel” S/H fire off edge – blitz/peel - #3- C-#1, $-#2, M- delayed blitz to daylight

or pick middle screen)

Own #3

Own #1Own #1

Own #2Own #2

Free on the Roof

Own #1Own #1Own #2

Own #2

Free on the Roof

Rush to cover- $3

Rush to cover- #3

Own #1

Own #1Own #2Own #2

Own #3

Rush to cover- #3 Rush to cover-#3

Own #1

Own #1Own #2Own #2

Next Previous TC

Page 103: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

103

Additional Zone Blitz Coverages

N EE

S M W

HCC

$ $

Ram read fire cat 2 (check trigger/tug vs trips away, check tug rock vs removed #2)

N EE

S M W H CC

$ $

N EE

S M W H CC

$ $

N EE

S M W H CC

$ $

Hash/wall 2

Hash/wall 2 Flat

Flat

1/21/2

Next Previous TC

Page 104: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

104

Coverage 23Under Coverage – 2 under- numbers controlling #2 play like shell (deuce- seal

the inside) take away inside hot pattern, control 2- top him if he releases outside. Effective vs. backs; Contain players can blitz peel- 6 man zone blitz,

3 deepWe are giving up the flats

50 5040 40

30 3020 20

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I

Numbers“Deuce”

Landmark =Top of #’s Depth 12-15 yds

cover Curl to Flat, read 2-1-3Seal inside

No inside hot routes, top 2 outside

Numbers“Deuce”

Landmark =Top of #’s Depth 12-15 yds

cover Curl to Flat, read 2-1-3Seal inside

No inside hot routes, top 2 outside

Deep 1/3 Deep 1/3 Deep 1/3

NO Cover Zone

Next Previous TC

Page 105: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

105

Coverage 32 rollUnder Coverage – 3 under- numbers controlling #2 play like lone dove. Trey

player push hook to curl take away inside hot pattern, control 3. Effective vs. 2 back slot; Contain players can blitz/peel- 6 man zone blitz,

3 deepWe are giving up the backside flats- always roll to flex or trips

50 5040 40

30 3020 20

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I

Numbers“Deuce”

Landmark =Top of #’s Depth 12-15 yds

cover Curl to Flat, read 2-1-3Seal inside

No inside hot routes, top 2 outside

NO Cover ZoneFlat

Read 2-1-3

Curl to flat

Back out

Middle“Trey”

Landmark = middle depth

Control #3

Depth 12-15 yds

cover middle hooks and crossersRead 3-2-1

1/2100% pass- read 2-1

1/2100% pass- read 2-1

TCNext Previous

Page 106: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

106

Ram/Slam/Mace/Choice(Choice, Boundary, Field)

Zone Blitzes

Coverage: Fire zone 33Shell 42BlackGreenTrap 2Black Peel

TCNext Previous

Page 107: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

107

Ram FireSeries

TCNext Previous

Ram Fire Series- Outside ZB from weak side it is the exact look from other side.

“Rock”- F$ control strong #2 Black (man free)

“Roll”- Corner controls weak #2 Green (man to man)

“Exit”- DE controls weak #2

“Wolf”- Will controls weak #2

“Shale”- Hawk controls strong #2

“Cat”- will controls weak #2, corner blitz

“Boxer”- nose controls middle, F$- controls #2 strong

Page 108: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

108

“Rock”- F$ controls weak side #2

N EE

M W

HSC

$$ F$

C

“Roll” ”- C controls weak side #2

N EE

M W

HSC

$$ F$

C

“Exit”-DE controls weak side #2

N EE

M W

HSC

$$ F$

C

“Wolf”- Will Controls weak side #2

N EE

M W

HS

C

$$ F$

C

“Shale”-OLB controls weak side #2

N EE

M WH

SC

$$ F$

C

Ram Fire Series: 3 under 3 Deep Coverage

1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3

1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3 1/3

TCNext Previous

“Cat”- Will Controls weak side #2

N EE

M W

HS

C

$$ F$

C

1/3 1/31/3

Page 109: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

109

Ram fire - cover Rock

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

FOOT

4 TECH

30 TECH

0 TECH

30 TECH

4 TECH

GHOST

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

D STRG

C STRG

B STRG

A STRG

A WK

B WK

C WK

Late run support

Late run support

Late run support

D WK

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

NUMBERS

NUMBERS

MIDDLE

OUTSIDE 3RD

OUTSIDE 3RD

MIDDLE 3RD

CONTAIN Blitz

CONTAIN

PR no hands on

PR no hands on

PASS RUSHER

Play RUN 1ST FIND #2

Play RUN 1ST FIND #2

Play RUN 1ST FIND #3

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

Angle

BLITZ SPACE

ANGLE PR- NO HANDS

BLITZ CONTAIN

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HOT ON #2- BAIL TO 1/3

1/31/3 1/3

TCNext Previous

Page 110: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

110

Ram BULL fire- cover Shale

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

FOOT

4 TECH

30 TECH

0 TECH

30 TECH

4 TECH

GHOST

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

D STRG

C STRG

B STRG

A STRG

A WK

C WK

C WK

Late run support

Late run support

Late run support

D WK

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

NUMBERS

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE

OUTSIDE 3RD

OUTSIDE 3RD

MIDDLE 3RD

NUMBERS

CONTAIN

PR no hands on

CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER

Play RUN 1ST FIND #2

BLITZ SPACE

Play RUN 1ST FIND #3

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

BLITZ SPACE

CONTAIN PR- NO HANDS

PLAY RUN 1ST- FIND #2

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HOT ON #2- BAIL TO 1/3

1/31/3 1/3

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 111: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

111

Ram BUCK fire- cover Rock

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

FOOT

4 TECH

30 TECH

0 TECH

30 TECH

4 TECH

GHOST

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

D STRG

C STRG

B STRG

A STRG

B WK

C WK

A WK

Late run support

Late run support

Late run support

D WK

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

NUMBERS

Numbers

MIDDLE

OUTSIDE 3RD

OUTSIDE 3RD

MIDDLE 3RD

NUMBERS

CONTAIN

PR no hands on

CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER

Play RUN 1ST FIND #2

Play Run 1st- Find #2

Play RUN 1ST FIND #3

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

BLITZ SPACE

CONTAIN PR- NO HANDS

Blitz Space

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HOT ON #2- BAIL TO 1/3

1/31/3 1/3

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 112: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

112

Ram TUG fire - cover Rock

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

FOOT

4 TECH

30 TECH

0 TECH

30 TECH

4 TECH

GHOST

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

D STRG

C STRG

B STRG

A STRG

B OR C WK

A TO B WK

C TO D WK

Late run support

Late run support

Late run support

D WK

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

NUMBERS PLAYER

NUMBERS PLAYER

MIDDLE PLAYER

OUTSIDE 3RD

OUTSIDE 3RD

MIDDLE 3RD

CONTAIN Blitz

CONTAIN

PR no hands on

PR no hands on

PASS RUSHER

Play RUN 1ST FIND #2

Play RUN 1ST FIND #2

Play RUN 1ST FIND #3

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

BLITZ OFF DE

READ TECH.

BLITZ CONTAIN

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HOT ON #2- BAIL TO 1/3

1/31/3 1/3

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 113: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

113

Ram READ Fire - cover WOLF

N EE HS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

FOOT

4 TECH

30 TECH

0 TECH

30 TECH

4 TECH

GHOST

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

D STRG

C STRG

B STRG

A STRG

A OR D WK “FIT”

A TO B WK

B TO C WK

Late run support

Late run support

Late run support

D WK

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

NUMBERS PLAYER

CONTAIN

MIDDLE PLAYER

OUTSIDE 3RD

OUTSIDE 3RD

MIDDLE 3RD

PASS RUSHER

CONTAIN

PR no hands on

PR no hands on

NUMBERS PLAYER

Play RUN 1ST FIND #2

BLITZ CONTAIN

Play RUN 1ST FIND #3

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

READ TECH.

READ TECH.

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HOT ON #2- BAIL TO 1/3

Play RUN 1ST FIND #2

1/31/3 1/3

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 114: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

114

Ram SHADE fire - cover ROCK

N EE HS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

FOOT

5 TECH

30 TECH

Shade 1 TECH

30 TECH

3 TECH

5 TECH

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

D STRG

C STRG

B STRG

A STRG

A WK

B WK

C WK

Late run support

Late run support

Late run support

D WK

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

NUMBERS PLAYER

NUMBERS PLAYER

MIDDLE PLAYER

OUTSIDE 3RD

OUTSIDE 3RD

MIDDLE 3RD

CONTAIN

CONTAIN

PR no hands on

PR no hands on

PASS RUSHER

Play RUN 1ST FIND #2

FIT RUN & FIND #2

Play RUN 1ST FIND #3

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

ANGLE NO HANDS ON

PASS RUSH NO HANDS ON

BLITZ CONTAIN

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HOT ON #2- BAIL TO 1/3

BLITZ SPACE

1/31/3 1/3

TCNext Previous

Page 115: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

115

Ram SHADOW fire - cover ROCK

N EE HS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

FOOT

5 TECH

30 TECH

Shade 1 TECH

30 TECH

3 TECH

5 TECH

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

D STRG

C STRG

B STRG

A STRG

B WK

A WK

C WK

Late run support

Late run support

Late run support

D WK

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

NUMBERS PLAYER

NUMBERS PLAYER

MIDDLE PLAYER

OUTSIDE 3RD

OUTSIDE 3RD

MIDDLE 3RD

CONTAIN

CONTAIN

PR no hands on

PR no hands on

PASS RUSHER

Play RUN 1ST FIND #2

FIT RUN & FIND #2

Play RUN 1ST FIND #3

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

ANGLE NO HANDS ON

RIP TECH. NO HANDS ON

BLITZ CONTAIN

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HOT ON #2- BAIL TO 1/3

BLITZ SPACE

1/31/3 1/3

TCNext Previous

Page 116: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

116

Ram Shadow fire Shale (CHECK ROCK VS REMOVED #2)

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Ram Shade fire Exit (CHECK ROCK VS REMOVED #2)

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Ram Shade fire Shale (CHECK ROCK VS REMOVED #2)

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Ram Bull fire Rock

N EE

WM HS

F$$$

Ram Mike fire Rock

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Ram Read fire Rock

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Ram Fire Series: 3 under 3 Deep Coverage TCNext Previous

Page 117: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Ram under fire green

H E N E S

MW

Ram under boston strong

H E N ES

MW

Ram under Frisco weak wolf

H E N E S

MW(foot) (foot)

ram under whip rock

H E N E S

MW

ram under Sex Flash (alert trey/trigger)

H E N E S

MW(foot) (foot)

ram under mix flash (alert trey)

H E N E S

MW

ram under wax strike (alerttrey/trigger)

H E N E S

MW

ram under arson X Flash (alert trey)

H E N E S

MW

ram under X Strike (alert trey/trigger)

H E N E S

MW

F$

F$ $$

(1st) (2nd)

$$F$F$

$$F$ F$ $$

Page 118: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Ram shadow fire Rock

H E N E S

MW

Ram shadow fire green

H E N E S

MW

Ram under fire shell

H E N E S

MW(foot) (foot)

Ram under Seattle strong

H E N E S

MW

Ram under read wolf (alert trigger or rock - check shadow rock)

H E N E S

MW(foot)

Ram shade (stack) -

H E N E S

MW

Ram shade (stack)-

H E N E S

MW

Ram shade (stack)-

H E N E S

MW

Ram under (stack) only vs 0 TEOr vs 1 TE put SE in 7 tech- 3 strong

H E N E

SMW$$

F$$$

Page 119: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Ram shadow all go (peel)

H E N E S

MW

Ram shade all go (peel)

H E N E S

MW(foot) (foot)

Blitz-peel

H E N E S

MW

H E N E S

M$$

H N E

MW

H E N E S

MR

(1st)

Blitz-peel

Ram under Baltimore

ContainStrg A- Wk A Stg A Stg B

1st2nd $$

H E N ES

MW

$$ W $$

Bear Bear with different positioning

Bear with different with Rover Personnel

Ram under slice

ES

Ram under fire Rock

H E N E S

MW

Ram under Mike fire Rock

H E N E SMW

Page 120: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Ram shade whip fire (Rock)

E E HNWM

S

C C

F$$$

TCNext Previous

Page 121: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

2011 defensive notes and ideas

In the Ram fire scheme- if you give a “crazy” tag it will give your SE a two way go vs an open end- may tilt in- set up TackleIn crazy call move nose to a shade 1 tech to the crazy side- sam and mike must play run firstDon’t run Crazy vs option threat and not good vs run situations

Do the same in the Slam Fire scheme – crazy call is now for the RE- nose will shade to the Rush side

N EES

MWH

C C

$$

TC

Next Previous

Page 122: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

2011 defensive notes and ideas

In the Ram fire series-You can run black Peel- the Mike now blitzes to daylight and the SE and H- blitz to peel (rush to cover) Do the same in the Slam fire series – crazy call is now for the RE- nose will shade to the Rush side

N EES

MWH

C C

$$

Peel-3Peel-3

2

2

1 1

free

TC

Next Previous

Page 123: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

2011 defensive notes and ideas

In the 50 series-You can run green - the sam now blitzes to daylight and the SE and H- blitz to peel (rush to cover) Do the same in the 54 series – crazy call is now for the RE- nose will shade to the Rush side

N EES

MWH

C C

$$

3

22

1 1

TC

Next Previous

Page 124: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

124

Pro Spread Heavy

Flank

Trips

Dbl slot

Dbl flankDouble

Slot

Ram Fire Series Coverage Adjustments: (if in doubt check “Rock”)

N EE

W M

SHC

F$ $$

C

N EE

W MSH

C

F$ $$

C

N EE

W M SH

C

F$ $$

C

N EE

W M

SH

C

F$ $$

C

N EE

W M SH

C

F$ $$

C

N EE

W M

SHC

F$$$

C

N EE

W W

SHC

F$ $$

C

N EE

W M

SHC

F$ $$

C

N EE

M W

HS

C $$

F$C

11

1 1

11 11

1 1

11 1 1

11

1 1

223

22

22 33

2 2 23

22

3

22

3

2 2

32

23

23

Yes: No:Rock, Wolf, Shale, Roll, Exit

Check “Rock”

Yes: No:Rock, Shale

Check “Rock”

Yes: No:Rock, Wolf, Shale, Roll,

Check “Rock”

SS- re rocks and controls #2 strg, Sam- controls #3 strg,M- buzz backside #2 weak, C’s- outside 1/3, F$- middle 1/3

Yes: No:Rock, Shale

Check “Rock” Yes: No:Rock, Shale, Wolf, Exit, Roll

Check “Rock”

Yes: No:Rock, Wolf, Shale, Roll

Check “Rock” Yes: No:Rock, Shale,

Check “Rock”

Exit, Wolf, Roll, Cub shade/shadow

Everything gets Check “Trigger”

Exit, Wolf, Roll, Cub shade/shadow

Yes: No:Rock, Shale, Roll,

Check “Rock”Exit, Wolf unless #2 is a TE.Cub shade/shadow- if # 2 is removed

Exit, Wolf, Roll, Cub shade/shadow

Exit Exit

TC

Page 125: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

125

Slam FireSeries

TCNext Previous

Slam Fire Series- Outside ZB from strg side it is the exact look from other side.

“Rock”- $$ control strong #2 Black (man free)

“Roll”- Corner controls strong #2 Green (man to man)

“Exit”- DE controls strong #2

“Wolf”- Mike controls strong #2

“Shale”- Sam controls strong #2

“Cat”- Mike controls strong #2

“Boxer”- nose controls middle, $$- controls #2 strongBlack

Page 126: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

126

Slam Fire- cover Rock

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

NUMBERSNUMBERS MIDDLE

1/31/3

1/3

FOOT

4 TECH

30 TECH

0 TECH

30 TECH

4 TECH

GHOST

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

D ST

B ST

A ST

A WK

B WK

C WK

D WK

LATE RUN

C ST

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE PLAYER

CONTAIN PR

NUMBERS PLAYER

NUMBERS PLAYER

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

BLITZ AND CONTAIN

“PR TEC” NO HANDS

BLITZ SPACE

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 3 MIDDLE

ANCHOR AND CONTAIN

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 2 NUMBERS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HELP HOT ON 2 & BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

FIT RUN AND FIND # 2 NUMBERS

IDENTIFY THREATS

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 127: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

127

Slam BULL fire- cover Shale

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

NUMBERSNUMBERS MIDDLE

1/31/3

1/3

FOOT

4 TECH

30 TECH

0 TECH

30 TECH

4 TECH

GHOST

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

D ST

C ST

A ST

A WK

B WK

C WK

D WK

LATE RUN

B ST

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE PLAYER

CONTAIN PR

NUMBERS PLAYER

PASS RUSHER

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

ATTACK TE CONTAIN

BLITZ SPACE

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 3 MIDDLE

ANCHOR AND CONTAIN

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 2 NUMBERS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HELP HOT ON 2 & BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

BLITZ SPACE

IDENTIFY THREATS

NUMBERS PLAYER FIT RUN AND FIND # 2 NUMBERS

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 128: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

128

Slam BUCK fire- cover Shale

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

NUMBERSNUMBERS MIDDLE

1/31/3

1/3

FOOT

4 TECH

30 TECH

0 TECH

30 TECH

4 TECH

GHOST

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

A ST

C ST

B ST

A WK

B WK

C WK

D WK

LATE RUN

D ST

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE PLAYER

CONTAIN PR

NUMBERS PLAYER

PASS RUSHER

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

ATTACK TE CONTAIN

BLITZ SPACE- 1st through

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 3 MIDDLE

ANCHOR AND CONTAIN

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 2 NUMBERS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HELP HOT ON 2 & BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

Fit Run and find #2 numbers

IDENTIFY THREATS

NUMBERS PLAYER Blitz space – 2nd through

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 129: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

129

Slam TUG fire- cover Rock

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

NUMBERSNUMBERS MIDDLE

1/31/3

1/3

FOOT

4 TECH

30 TECH

0 TECH

30 TECH

4 TECH

GHOST

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

D ST

B TO A ST

C TO B ST

A WK

B WK

C WK

D WK

LATE RUN

C ST

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE PLAYER

CONTAIN PR

NUMBERS PLAYER

NUMBERS PLAYER

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

BLITZ AND CONTAIN

READ STUNT

BLITZ OFF OF ST END

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 3 MIDDLE

ANCHOR AND CONTAIN

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 2 NUMBERS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HELP HOT ON 2 & BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

FIT RUN AND FIND # 2 NUMBERS

IDENTIFY THREATS

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 130: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

130

Slam READ Fire- cover WOLF

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

NUMBERSNUMBERS MIDDLE

1/31/3

1/3

6 TECH

4 TECH

30 TECH

0 TECH

30 TECH

4 TECH

GHOST

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

C TO B ST

B TO A ST

A TO D ST

A WK

B WK

C WK

D WK

LATE RUN

D ST

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

NUMBERS PLAYER

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE PLAYER

CONTAIN PR

NUMBERS PLAYER

CONTAIN

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

READ STUNT

READ STUNT

FIT RUN & FIND #2 NUMBERS

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 3 MIDDLE

ANCHOR AND CONTAIN

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 2 NUMBERS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HELP HOT ON 2 & BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

BLITZ CONTAIN

IDENTIFY THREATS

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 131: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

131

Slam SHADE fire- cover Rock

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

NUMBERSNUMBERS MIDDLE

1/31/3

1/3

7 TECH

3 TECH

30 TECH

Shade 1 TECH

30 TECH

5 TECH

OFF

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

C ST

B ST

A ST

A WK

B WK

C WK

D WK

LATE RUN

D ST

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE PLAYER

CONTAIN PR

NUMBERS PLAYER

NUMBERS PLAYER

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

BLITZ AND CONTAIN

“PR TEC” NO HANDS

BLITZ SPACE

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 3 MIDDLE

ANCHOR AND CONTAIN

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 2 NUMBERS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HELP HOT ON 2 & BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

FIT RUN AND FIND # 2 NUMBERS

IDENTIFY THREATS

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 132: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

132

Slam SHADOW fire- cover Shale

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

NUMBERSNUMBERS MIDDLE

1/31/3

1/3

7 TECH

3 TECH

30 TECH OR 40I

Shade 1 TECH

30 TECH

5 TECH

OFF

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

SHELL

C ST

A ST

B ST

A WK

B WK

C WK

D WK

LATE RUN

D ST

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE PLAYER

CONTAIN PR

NUMBERS PLAYER

CONTAIN

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

RIP TEC

BLITZ SPACE

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 3 MIDDLE

ANCHOR AND CONTAIN

PLAY RUN FIRST FIND # 2 NUMBERS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HELP HOT ON 2 & BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

BLITZ CONTAIN

IDENTIFY THREATS

NUMBERS PLAYER FIT RUN AND FIND # 2 NUMBERS

TC

Angle

Next Previous

Page 133: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

133

Slam Shadow Fire Rock

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Shade Fire Exit

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Shade Fire Rock

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Will Fire Rock

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Bull Fire Rock

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Read Fire Rock

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Fire Series: 3 under 3 Deep Coverage TCNext Previous

Page 134: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

134

Slam Fire

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Fire

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Buck Fire- Shale

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Shade Fire Twist Shale

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Read Fire cat

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Fire

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Slam Fire Series: 3 under 3 Deep Coverage TCNext Previous

C

$$ and C show late- $$ will rotate down to where corner would normally align to take away - hitch

Page 135: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Slam shade fire series Cover: rock Ram shade fire series Cover: rock

Slam shade fire Slam shade In Will fire Slam shade over fire

Shade shade g over fire Slam shade under fire Slam shade even fire

N EE S

W M $$H

N EE S

W M $$H

N EE S

W M $$H

N EE S

W M $$H

N EE S

W M $$H

N EE SW

M $$H

Ram shade fire Ram shade solid- fire3 strong/4/2/3wk

Ram shade over fire

50 shade g over fire Ram shade all over fire Rm shade sin- 3 strong

N EE SW M

H N EE S

W M

H

$$

30 shade g solid- puts N in 2i

N EE SW M

H

N EE SW M

H N EE SW M

HF$

N EE S

W M

H$$

Tag “go” – send W, 0 cover Tag “go” – send W, 0 cover Tag “go” – send W, 0 cover

Tag “go” – send W, 0 cover Tag “go” – send W, 0 cover Tag “go” – send W, 0 cover

Tag “go” – send M, 0 cover Tag “go” – send M, 0 cover

Tag “go” – send M, 0 cover Tag “go” – send M, 0 cover Tag “go” – send M, 0 cover

TC

Page 136: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Slam shade whip Fire (Rock) good vs 0 te

E E HN

WM

S

C C

F$$$

TCNext Previous

Page 137: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

137

Pro Spread Heavy

Flank

trips

Double slot

Dbl flankSlot-open

Slot

Slam Fire Series Coverage Adjustments: (When in doubt check “Rock”)

N EE

W MSH

C

F$ $$

C

N EE

W MSH

C

F$ $$

C

N EE

W M SHC

F$

$$ C

N EE

W M

SH

C

F$ $$

C

N EE

W M SH

C

F$ $$

C

N EE

W MSH

C

F$ $$

C

N EE

W M SH

C

F$ $$

C

N EE

W M

SHC

F$ $$

C

N EE

M WH

S

C$$

F$

C

11

1 1

11 11

1 1

11 1 1

11

1 1

223

22

22 33

2 2 23

22

3

223

2 2

32

23

23

Yes: No:Rock, Shale, Roll, ExitWolf vs a tight #2

Check “Rock”Exit if in a reduced front

Yes: No:Rock, Shale,

Check “Rock”

Exit, Wolf Roll

Yes: No:Rock, Shale, Roll, Exit, Wolf

Check “Rock”

Yes: No:Rock, Shale, Roll, Exit

Check “Rock”Exit if in a reduced front

Yes: No:Rock, Shale

Check “Rock”Wolf, Roll, Exit

Yes: No:Rock, Shale

Check “Rock”Wolf, Roll, Exit

Yes: No:Rock, Shale, Exit, Roll, Wolf

Check “Rock”

Yes: No:Rock, Shale, Wolf, Roll, Exit

Check “Rock”Exit of in a reduced front

FS- re rocks and controls #2 strg, Hawk- controls #3 strg,W - buzz backside #2 weak, C’s- outside 1/3, $$- middle 1/3

Check “Trigger”

TC

Page 138: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

138

Mace FireSeries

FlashStrikeShell

Note: Mace doesn’t need to be called in the Huddle

TCNext Previous

Mace Fire Series- Middle (Inside) ZB from strg side it is the exact look from other side.

Page 139: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

139

“Strike” $$ drops middle, OLB - #’s, F$

middle 1/3

N EE

M WH

SC

$$ F$

C

“Flash” F$ drops middle, OLB- #’s, $$-

middle 1/3

N EE

M W

HSC

$$ F$

C

“Trey” between F$ & Hawk

N EE

M WH

SC

$$ F$

C

“Trey” between $$ and Sam

N EE

M WH

SC

$$ F$

C

N EE

M W

HS

C

$$ F$

C

Mace Fire Series: 3 under 3 Deep Coverage

“Trey” between F$ and Hawk- Shadow

Flash vs. a Removed #2

Note: We Will check “Trey” if we are in a reduced front (shade/Shadow) vs a

removed # 2

If we face trips we will check “Trey” in all fronts F$ and $$ will have to re-rock to the

side of the trips

TCNext Previous

Page 140: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

140

Mace X – Cover Strike

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

OFF

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

D ST NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

4 TECH

4 TECH C WK

C ST CONTAIN

CONTAIN ANCHOR & CONTAIN

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

OFF D WK NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

30 TECH

30 TECH

B WK

A WK

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

BLITZ WK B- SECOND

BLITZ WK A- FIRST

0 TECH

SHELL

SHELL

A ST

B ST

Late Run MIDDLE 1/3 BAIL ON # 2 HOT, THEN MIDDLE 1/3

MIDDLE PLAYER FIND #3 FIT FOR RUN FIND #3

PASS RUSHER ANGLE “GO” A STRONG

TCNext Previous

Page 141: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

141

Mace WAX – Cover Strike

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

OFF

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

D ST NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

4 TECH

4 TECH C WK

C ST CONTAIN

CONTAIN ANCHOR & CONTAIN

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

OFF D WK NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

30 TECH

30 TECH

A WK

A ST

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

BLITZ WK A- SECOND

BLITZ ST A- FIRST

0 TECH

SHELL

SHELL

B WK

B ST

Late Run MIDDLE 1/3 BAIL ON # 2 HOT, THEN MIDDLE 1/3

MIDDLE PLAYER FIND #3 FIT FOR RUN FIND #3

PASS RUSHER LONG SCOOP OFF OF OG

TCNext Previous

Page 142: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

142

Mace SEX – Cover FLASH

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

OFF

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

D ST NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

4 TECH

4 TECH C WK

C ST CONTAIN

CONTAIN ANCHOR & CONTAIN

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

OFF D WK NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

30 TECH

30 TECH

A ST

B ST

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

BLITZ WK A- FIRST

BLITZ ST B- SECOND

0 TECH

SHELL

SHELL

A WK

B WK

Late Run MIDDLE 1/3 BAIL ON # 2 HOT, THEN MIDDLE 1/3

MIDDLE PLAYER FIND #3 FIT FOR RUN FIND #3

PASS RUSHER ANGLE “GO” A WEAK

TCNext Previous

Page 143: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

143

Mace MIX – Cover FLASH

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

OFF

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

D ST NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

4 TECH

4 TECH C WK

C ST CONTAIN

CONTAIN ANCHOR & CONTAIN

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

OFF D WK NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

30 TECH

30 TECH

A WK

A ST

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

BLITZ WK A- FIRST

BLITZ ST A- SECOND

0 TECH

SHELL

SHELL

B ST

B WK

Late Run MIDDLE 1/3 BAIL ON # 2 HOT, THEN MIDDLE 1/3

MIDDLE PLAYER FIND #3 FIT FOR RUN FIND #3

PASS RUSHER LONG SCOOP OFF OF GUARD

TCNext Previous

Page 144: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

144

Mace SHADE Fire – Cover FLASH

N EE HS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

FOOT

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

D ST NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

5 TECH

3 TECH B WK

C ST CONTAIN

CONTAIN BLITZ & CONTAIN

“PR” & CONTAIN

5 TECH C WK NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2- ALERT “TREY”

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

30 TECH

30 TECH

B ST

A WK

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

BLITZ B ST

BLITZ WK A

1 TECH ST

SHELL

SHELL

A ST

B WK

Late Run MIDDLE 1/3 BAIL ON # 2 HOT, THEN MIDDLE 1/3

MIDDLE PLAYER FIND #3 FIT FOR RUN FIND #3

PASS RUSHER ATTACK “PR”

MIDDLE OF THE FIELD SYALSO SHADE BLACK

REMOVED #2 “TREY” CALL- HAWK IN MIDDLE F$ ON NUMBERS.

TCNext Previous

Page 145: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

145

Mace SHADOW – Cover FLASH

N EE HS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

FOOT

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

D ST NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

5 TECH

3 TECH A WK

C ST CONTAIN

CONTAIN RIP AND “PR”

“PR” & CONTAIN

5 TECH C WK NUMBERS FIND # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2- ALERT “TREY”

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

SHELL Late Run Outside 1/3 Identify threats

30 TECH

30 TECH

B ST

B WK

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

BLITZ B ST

BLITZ WK B

1 TECH ST

SHELL

SHELL

A ST

B WK

Late Run MIDDLE 1/3 BAIL ON # 2 HOT, THEN MIDDLE 1/3

MIDDLE PLAYER FIND #3 FIT FOR RUN FIND #3

PASS RUSHER ATTACK “PR”

MIDDLE OF THE FIELD SYALSO SHADE BLACK

REMOVED #2 “TREY” CALL- HAWK IN MIDDLE F$ ON NUMBERS.

TCNext Previous

Page 146: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

146

N EE

MWH S CC

F$ $$

N EE

MWH S CC

F$ $$

“Trey”

Mace Baltimore Rock

Good with Psycho or Packer personnel

Page 147: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

147

N EE

MWH S CC

F$ $$

N EE

MWH S CC

F$ $$

“Trey”

Mace Slice Rock

Good with Psycho or Packer personnel

Page 148: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

148

N EE

MWH S CC

F$ $$

N EE

MWH S CC

F$ $$

“Trey”

Mace Slice Rock

Good with Psycho or Packer personnel

Can be run out of 52

Page 149: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

149

N EE

M WH

SC

$$ F$

C

Mace: Shell, 4 under 2 deep

N EE

M WH

SC

$$ F$

C

N EE

M WH

SC

$$ F$

C

N EE

M W

HSC

$$ F$

C

We can run all of our zone blitz’s against Pro

We can run all of our zone blitz’s against Flex and Flexed closed

ILB’s and OLB’s exchange blitz vs removed #2

We can run all of our zone blitz’s against bandit

ILB’s and OLB’s exchange blitz vs removed #2

Shell Coverage

Safeties cover ½’sCorners in the FlatsOLB/ILB or DE’s cover hash- don’t allow #2 to get inside to the open middle

We will mostly our 52 ZB game but there are some blitzes from the 50/54 series that we can run with Shell coverage.

Check “Rock” to trips side: Safety to trips will rock down and control #2, OLB or ILB to trips will control #3, OLB away from trips controls #2 (RB)m Safety away from trips hot on #3 then drops middle third, corners outside 1/3’s.

TCNext Previous

Page 150: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

150

SEX – COVER SHELL

N EE

HS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

OFF D ST HASH PLAYER # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

4 TECH

4 TECH C WK

C ST CONTAIN

CONTAIN ANCHOR & CONTAIN

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

OFF HASH PLAYER # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

SHELL Late Run FLAT PLAYER CONTROL #1

SHELL Late Run FLAT PLAYER CONTROL #1

30 TECH

30 TECH

A ST

B ST

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

BLITZ STG A - FIRST

BLITZ ST B- SECOND

0 TECH

SHELL

SHELL

A WK

LATE RUN

Late Run ½ PLAYER ½ ZONE

½ PLAYER ½ ZONE

PASS RUSHER SLANT FOR WEAK RUN

FLAT FLATHASH HASH

GUARD DOWN- B, GUARD TO= D

TCNext Previous

Page 151: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

151

MIX – COVER SHELL

N EE

HS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

OFF D ST HASH PLAYER # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

4 TECH

4 TECH C WK

C ST CONTAIN

CONTAIN ANCHOR & CONTAIN

ANCHOR & CONTAIN

OFFGUARD DOWN- B, GUARD TO= D

HASH PLAYER # 2 RUN FIRST THEN FIND # 2

SHELL Late Run FLAT PLAYER CONTROL #1

SHELL Late Run FLAT PLAYER CONTROL #1

30 TECH

30 TECH

A WK

A ST

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

BLITZ WK A- FIRST

BLITZ ST A- SECOND

0 TECH

SHELL

SHELL

B ST

LATE RUN

Late Run ½ PLAYER ½ ZONE

½ PLAYER ½ ZONE

PASS RUSHER LONG SCOOP B STRONG

FLAT FLATHASH HASH

TCNext Previous

Page 152: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

152

FIRE – COVER SHELL

N EE HS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

FOOT D ST CONTAIN BLITZ & CONTAIN

4 TECH

4 TECH B WK

B ST PASS RUSHER

CONTAIN BLITZ & CONTAIN

ANGLE & GO

GHOST C WK CONTAIN BLITZ AND CONTAIN

SHELL Late Run FLAT PLAYER CONTROL #1

SHELL Late Run FLAT PLAYER CONTROL #1

30 TECH

40 TECH

C ST

A WK

HASH PLAYER

HASH PLAYER

FIND #2

FIND #2

0 TECH

SHELL

SHELL

A ST

LATE RUN

Late Run ½ PLAYER ½ ZONE

½ PLAYER ½ ZONE

PASS RUSHER ANGLE AND GO

FLAT FLATHASH HASH

TCNext Previous

Page 153: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

153

BUCK – COVER SHELL

N EEHS

M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

HEAD (6 TECH) B ST PASS RUSHER BLITZ B

4 TECH

4 TECH C WK

C ST CONTAIN

CONTAIN ANCHOR & CONTAIN

ANCHOR AND CONTAIN

GHOST B WK PASS RUSHER BLITZ B

SHELL Late Run FLAT PLAYER CONTROL #1

SHELL Late Run FLAT PLAYER CONTROL #1

40i TECH

30 TECH

D ST

A WK

HASH PLAYER

HASH PLAYER

FIND #2

FIND #2

0 TECH

SHELL

SHELL

A ST

LATE RUN

Late Run ½ PLAYER ½ ZONE

½ PLAYER ½ ZONE

PASS RUSHER ANGLE AND GO

FLAT FLATHASH HASH

TCNext Previous

Page 154: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

154

43 Zone Blitzes

Cover 33 (Rock)(Shale/Wolf/Frisco)Frisco- Safety Blitz invert #’s

BlackGreen

TCNext Previous

Choice- Depending on the game plan we will choice blitz to a tendency. For example we may choice our blitz to the back. The huddle call would be “Boston Choice” or “Dog Choice”

Weak- We may blitz to the weak side of the offensive formation. “Seattle Weak”

Strong- We may blitz to the strong side of the offensive formation. “Seattle strong”

Joker- We will show a dog blitz to on side and blitz the other. “Sam Dog Joker” We will run the Sam Dog but the “Will linebacker shows blitz

Trey- When the 5 tech (numbers player) drops into the middle hole. Call made vs. a removed #2 receiver away from the blitz

Trigger- We will re-rock the safeties when the offense comes out in a 3 receiver set away from the blitz.

Page 155: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

155

Tornado Will Dog

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

Twist Mike Barrel Flash

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

Boundary Dog (or Cannon)

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

Will Dog (we can also run Cannon)

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

Sam Dog (we can also run Cannon)

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

Field Dog (or Cannon)

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

43 Zone Blitzes- 33 coverage – joker/ChoiceBoundary Field

Boundary Field

SE- 7 bubble, N- 2 angle, E- 2 angle, H 5 - crash

SE- 7 crash, N- 2 angle, E- 3- Angle “PR”, H 5 – “PR”

SE- 7 bubble, N- 2 angle, E- 2- angle, H 5 - crash

Next Previous TC

Page 156: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

156

Boundary Seattle

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

Boston

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

Seattle

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

Boundary Boston

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

43 Zone Blitzes- 33 coverage – joker/ChoiceBoundary Field

Boundary Field

Boundary FieldFieldBoundary

Next Previous

43 read Cat

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

Boston Strong Boxer-

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

F$- roll to corner’s normal positioning- can even be a press cover- F$ has the 1/3

C

TC

Page 157: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

157

New Ideas:

43 Drive weak boxer

N EE W

M

H

S

F$$$

Seattle Strong Boxer-

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

33 fire zoneshell

40 nickel + stunt or fire and coverage

E

W M

HS

F$$$

40 Dime + stunt or fire and coverage

E ES

5 c M

H

10 c

F$$$

Front 4 top pass rushers H/S can 2 pt.SOLB- best run stopper

E

5 c

TC

Page 158: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

158

Boston Strong- cover Rock

N EE H

S M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

Mike- inside G/BackSam- outside G/Back

Sam can sugar up on the Los and take 2 steps up field and the come under end.

Check “Trey” vs. removed #2 AWAY FROM BLITZ

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

50 TECH.

9 TECH.

00 TECH.

2i TECH.

50 TECH.

3 TECH.

5 TECH.

Shell

Shell

Shell

Shell

C TO B ST

D ST

A TO B ST

A WK

D WK TO FIT

B WK

C WK

LATE RUN

D ST

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

PASS RUSHER BLITZ READ OFF OT, STAY OUTSIDE G AND BACK

CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE PLAYER

CONTAIN

NUMBERS PLAYER

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

NUMBERS PLAYER

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

FIT RUN & FIND #2

HELP HOT ON #2 – BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

FIT RUN & FIND #2- ALERT “TREY”

ATTACK INSIDE HIP OF OT- CONTAIN

FIND # 3 – HOT ON 3- MAKE TREY CALL

LONG SCOOP OVR CENTR

BLITZ OFF TH NOSE- INSIDE OG

BLITZ AND CONTAIN

CONTAIN

CONTAIN

Boston Strong- Shale- S- #, $$ takes blitz

Next Previous TC

Page 159: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

159

Boston Weak- cover Rock

N EE H

S M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

Check Trey vs. removed #2 ILB inside G/back, OLB outside G/Back

50 tech

7 tech

00 tech

3 tech

50 tech

2i tech

5 tech

Shell

Shell

Shell

Shell

C ST MIDDLE PLAYER RUN 1ST- FIND /HOT ON #3, MAKE TREY

D ST NUMBERS PLAYER FIND “2”- ALERT “TREY” CALL

A WK

B ST

B WK

A ST

C WK

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

D WK

PASS RUSHER BLITZ OFF OF END, INSIDE OG/B

BLITZ OFF OF END, OUTSIDE OG/BPASS RUSHER

CONTAIN

CONTAIN

INSIDE HIP OF OT- CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER LONG SCOOP OVER CENTER

CONTAIN BLITZ & CONTAIN

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

NUMBERS PLAYER

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HELP HOT ON #2 BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

FIT RUN FIRST & FIND #2

CONTAINMike- inside G/BackWill- outside G/Back

Will can sugar up on the Los and take 2 steps up field and the come under end.

Boston Wk- wolf- W- #, F$ takes blitz

Next Previous TC

Page 160: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

160

SEATTLE Strong- cover Rock

N EE H

S M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

Check “Trey” vs. removed #2 AWAY FROM BLITZ

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

OFF – STEM TO IT

7 TECH.

00 TECH.

3 TECH.

50 TECH.

2i TECH.

5 TECH.

Shell

Shell

Shell

Shell

D ST

B TO A ST

B ST TO C ST

A ST TO A WK

D WK TO FIT

B WK

C WK

LATE RUN

D ST

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE PLAYER

CONTAIN

NUMBERS PLAYER

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

NUMBERS PLAYER

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

FIT RUN & FIND #2

HELP HOT ON #2 – BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

FIT RUN & FIND #2- ALERT “TREY”

ATTACK INSIDE HIP OF OT- CONTAIN

FIND # 3 – HOT ON 3- MAKE TREY CALL

READ TEC OFF OF CENTER

BLITZ OFF THE ST END

READ TEC OFF OF OG

CONTAINCONTAIN

BLITZ AND CONTAIN

Boston Strong- Shale- S- #, $$ takes blitz

Next Previous TC

Page 161: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

161

SEATTLE Weak- cover Rock

N EE H

S M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

Check Trey vs. removed #2 ILB inside G/back, OLB outside G/Back

50 tech

7 tech

00 tech

3 tech

50 tech

2i tech

5 tech

Shell

Shell

Shell

Shell

C ST MIDDLE PLAYER RUN 1ST- FIND /HOT ON #3, MAKE TREY

D ST NUMBERS PLAYER FIND “2”- ALERT “TREY” CALL

B TO C WK

B ST

D WK

A TO A

A TO B WK

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

D WK

PASS RUSHER BLITZ OFF OF THE HAWK

BLITZ CONTAINCONTAIN

CONTAIN

CONTAIN

INSIDE HIP OF OT- CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER READ TEC OFF OF CENTER

PASS RUSHER READ TEC OFF OF GUARD

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

NUMBERS PLAYER

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HELP HOT ON #2 BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

FIT RUN FIRST & FIND #2

CONTAIN

Boston WK- Wolf- w- #, $$ takes blitz

Next Previous TC

Page 162: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

162

Pittsburgh Strong- cover Rock

N EE H

S M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

Check “Trey” vs. removed #2 AWAY FROM BLITZ

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

OFF – STEM TO IT

7 TECH.

00 TECH.

3 TECH.

50 TECH.

2i TECH. or 2

5 TECH.

Shell

Shell

Shell

Shell

C to B ST

B TO A ST

D ST

A ST TO A WK

D WK TO FIT

B WK

C WK

LATE RUN

D ST

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

Pass Rusher

PASS RUSHER

Contain

PASS RUSHER

MIDDLE PLAYER

CONTAIN

NUMBERS PLAYER

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

NUMBERS PLAYER

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

FIT RUN & FIND #2

HELP HOT ON #2 – BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

FIT RUN & FIND #2- ALERT “TREY”

ATTACK INSIDE HIP OF OT- CONTAIN

FIND # 3 – HOT ON 3- MAKE TREY CALL

READ TEC OFF OF CENTER

BLITZ OFF Contain

READ TEC OFF OF OG

CONTAINCONTAIN

BLITZ

Next Previous TC

Page 163: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

163

Pittsburgh Weak- cover Rock

N EE H

S M W CC

$$ F$

POS. Alignment Run Gap: Pass Plan of Action

Sam

S End

Mike

Nose

Will

W End

Hawk

SC

$$

WC

F$

NUMBERS NUMBERSMIDDLE

Check Trey vs. removed #2 ILB inside G/back, OLB outside G/Back

50 tech

7 tech

00 tech

3 tech

50 tech

2i tech

5 tech

Shell

Shell

Shell

Shell

C ST MIDDLE PLAYER RUN 1ST- FIND /HOT ON #3, MAKE TREY

D ST NUMBERS PLAYER FIND “2”- ALERT “TREY” CALL

D wk

B ST

C to B WK

A TO A

A TO B WK

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

LATE RUN

D WK

PASS RUSHER BLITZ OFF OF THE Will- Blitz contain

BLITZ CONTAINCONTAIN

CONTAIN

CONTAIN

INSIDE HIP OF OT- CONTAIN

PASS RUSHER READ TEC OFF OF CENTER

PASS RUSHER READ TEC OFF OF GUARD

OUTSIDE 1/3

OUTSIDE 1/3

MIDDLE 1/3

NUMBERS PLAYER

IDENTIFY THREATS

IDENTIFY THREATS

HELP HOT ON #2 BAIL MIDDLE 1/3

FIT RUN FIRST & FIND #2

CONTAIN

Next Previous TC

Page 164: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

164

“TREY” CALL

N EE

WM

HS

F$$$

C

C

Zone Blitz with a 5 tech dropping

Boston, Seattle, or Pittsburgh

Whenever #2 is removed away from blitz

The OLB/ILB must check “Trey”- the puts the end into the middle

Be alert on shifts and motions

Removed # 2

Check “Trey”

Next Previous TC

Page 165: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

165

Boston- Weak- Frisco

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

v v

Seattle- Weak- Frisco

N EE

WM

H

S

F$$$

v v

TC

The is also

Page 166: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Odd Arson (Rock or Flash)

E E HNWMSC C

F$$$

Next Previous TC

Page 167: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

43 scalp strong Rock- 2 way go vs TE set- if tackle sets on end go Sam -b gap, if he pass blocks Sam – go c gap vs. no TE blitz B

E E HNWMSC C

F$$$

2 way go

Next

Previous TC

Page 168: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

43 scalp weak Rock- 2 way go vs TE set- if tackle sets on end go Will -b gap, if he pass blocks Will – go c gap vs. no TE- blitz B

E E HNWMSC C

F$$$

Next

Previous TC

Page 169: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Sting Weak (Rock)

E E HNWMSC C

F$$$

Next Previous TC

Page 170: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Sting strong (Rock) (alert for “trey” or “trigger”)

E E HNWM

SC C

F$

$$

Next Previous

TC

Page 171: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Whip Weak (Rock)

E E HNWMSC C

F$$$

Next Previous TC

Page 172: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Sox Weak (Rock) (alert for Trey or Trigger)

E E HN

WMSC C

F$$$

Next Previous

TC

Sox weak FriscoW-

Page 173: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Sox strong (Rock) (alert for “trey” or “trigger”)

E E HNWMSC C

F$

$$

Next Previous

TC

Page 174: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

43 ND double Arson (Flash) (alert for “trey”)This stunt can also be run as 43 T.O.

E E HNWMS

C C

F$

$$

Next Previous

TC

Page 175: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

43 ND double x Arson (Flash) (alert for “trey”)This stunt can also be run as 43 T.O.

E E HNWMS

C C

S$

F$

Next Previous

TC

Page 176: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

43 ND crash double Barrel (Flash) (alert for “trey”)This stunt can also be run as 43 T.O.

E E HNWMS

C C

F$

$$

Next Previous

TC

Page 177: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

177

Additional Fronts

Stack front vs Heavy trips- we will shift the LB and trigger the safetiesRam Stack (we can also replace a safety with another Backer)Slam Stack (we can also replace a safety with another Backer)

Bear (vs 1 back OLB and ILB can exchange roles)44 (we can replace a safety with another backer or DL- heavier front)

All 44 stunts can be tagged/choiced/half/strong/weakAll blitzes can be tagged-

mike/will/sam/hawk/tight/split/strong/weak/boundary/field/choice/doubleBase Backer

Short yardage

Vs. Option44- DE/H- QB, M/W- dive to QB, S/$$- pitchmanStack game- same as 30/34 gameBear- Contain player – QB, M/W- Dive- QB- PitchBase Backer- Contain player- QB, Hash player- pitch- middle player Dive to QB

Next Previous TC

Page 178: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

178

Ram stack 3 weak

E N E

MW

S

H

E N E

MWS

H

E N E

MWS

H

E N E

MWS

H

Ram stack fire Rock (Shale)Ram stack tug 3 weak

E N E

MWS

H

E N E

MW

S

H

Ram stack Fire Angle strong all blitz green

Ram stack buck 3 weak

Ram stack fire buck rock (shale)

F$ F$

F$ F$

F$ F$

Curl/Flat Curl/FlatHash Hash Curl/Flat Curl/FlatHash Hash

Curl/Flat Curl/FlatHash Hash #’s player, #2 #’s player, #2Middle #3

#’s player, #2 #’s player, #2Middle #3 SAM and Hawk blitz peel

Next Previous TC

Page 179: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

179

Ram stack angle weak all blitz green

E N E

MW

S

H

E N E

MWS

H

E N E

MWS

H

E N E

MW SH

Ram Stack TI Blitz GreenRam stack special

E N E

MW

S

H

E N E

MWS

H

Ram stack Rip green

Ram stack special

Ram stack TO Blitz

F$ F$

F$F$

F$ F$

SAM and End blitz peel

Nose- attack guard and drive thru slideM/H read OG- if he slide to the center- blitz off his ass, if slides away man upW- blitz away from center and guard

Next Previous TC

Page 180: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Ram stack X Rock

E EH

NWM

SC C

F$

$$

Next Previous TC

Page 181: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Seattle strong stack rockVs removed #2 weak- Hawk will walk- Slam tug

Tag with a “crazy” call gives RE a 2 way go- Nose shade 1 weakSeattle strong stack- green- Same but the Will blitz b or off the edge the RE takes the opposite gap

E EH

NWM

SC C

F$$$

Next Previous TC

Page 182: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

182

Slam stack 3 strg

E N E

MW SH

E N E

MW SH

E N E

MW SH

E N E

MW SH

Slam Stack Fire Rock (shale- $$ from outside)Slam Stack Tug 3 strg

E N E

MW SH

E N E

MW SH

Slam Stack Tug Fire Rock

Slam stack Buck 3 strg

Slam Stack Buck Fire Rock

$$$$

$$ $$

$$$$

HashHash Curl/flatCurl/flat HashHash Curl/flatCurl/flat

HashHash Curl/flatCurl/flat#’s player #2 #’s player #2

Middle #3

#’s player #2 #’s player #2Middle #3 #’s player #2 #’s player #2

Middle #3

Next Previous TC

Page 183: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Seattle strong stack rockVs removed #2 weak- Hawk will walk- slam tug

Tag with a “crazy” call gives RE a 2 way go- Nose shade 1 weakSeattle strong stack- green- Same but the Will blitz b or off the edge the RE takes the opposite gap

E EH

NWM

SC C

F$$$

Next Previous TC

Page 184: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Slam stack SEX fire Rock

E EW

NMS

$$C C

H

$$

Next Previous TC

Page 185: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Slam stack SEX Fire $$ drive- green

E EW

NMS

$$C C

H

$$

C- #1, $$- #2 strong, W- #3, H- #2 weak, corner- #1

Next Previous TC

Page 186: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

186

Bear (black)

E N E

MW

SH E N E

MW

SH

E N E

MW

SH E N E

MW

SH

Bear Mike (green)Bear Safety (green)

E N E

MW

SH E N E

MW S

H

Bear off (green)/ (black)

Bear SAM (green)

Bear Will (green)

$$ $$

$$ $$

$$ $$

Next Previous TC

Page 187: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

187

E N E

MW S

H

44 Angle right “Okie” (vs dbl tight H- bubble) (All H/SE)

E N E

MW S

H

Shade Left- “cougar”

E N E

MW S

H

Odd

E N E

MW S

H

Pinch (All pinch includes SE and Hawk)

E N E

MW S

H

Gap Right “Okie”

E N EM

W S

H

Notre Dame also Notre Dame Pinch (+fires)

$$ $$

$$ $$

$$ $$

(30) (20) (30) (20)

(30) (20)M/W 20 (Feather to 30 on snap)

(30) (20) (20i)

(20i)

Next Previous

TC

Page 188: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

188

E N E

MW S

H

Tim

E N E

MW S

H

Tom

E N E

MW S

H

Slant Right “Okie” (All slant includes the H/SE)

E N E

MW S

H

Attack

E N E

MW S

H

Attack End’s Crash

E N E

MW S

H

40 Ram (attack by N/SE, Slant by H/E, 40 SLAM= attack H/E, slant by N/SE) also read/

$$ $$

$$ $$

$$ $$

(30) (30) (20) (20)

(30) (20) (20) (20)

(20) (30)

Next Previous TC

Page 189: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

189

E N E

MW S

H

Barrel Fire (can also be tagged M/W barrel (barrel swap)

E N E

MW S

H

Arson Fire (can also be tagged M/W arson) (arson swap

E N E

MW S

H

Dog Fire (can also be tagged S/$$, M/W drive)

E N E

MW S

H

Cannon Fire (can also be tagged $$/S/M/W)

E N E

MW S

H

Odd Fire (can be tagged M/W)

E N E

MW S

H

Over (“all” over includes hawk)

$$ $$

$$ $$

$$ $$

v v

v

v

TC

Page 190: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

190

GOAL LINE AND SHORT YARDAGEDEFENSES

Next Previous TC

Page 191: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

191

BASE BACKER (WE CAN ALSO GO MAN TO MAN)

v

v

vvv

v

vv v

v

NE ES H

M WB$$ F$C

#HASH HASH #MIDDLE

TRAIL/CONTAIN TRAIL/CONTAIN

CORNER- - OWN #1 MAN TO MAN, LOOK TO COMBO IN CERTAIN CALL

$$/F$ - MUST FORCE RUN INSIDE, MUST MATCH OUTSIDE ROUTES- NUMBERS PLAYER

SAM & HAWK - D GAP RUN, SPILL ALL BLOCKS, TRAIL AND CONTAIN

ENDS- - B GAP, 4i TECH, 4 POINT STANCE

NOSE- - PLAY EITHER A GAP MIKE WILL CALL “LIZ OR RIP”

BACKER & WILL- FLOW AWAY- CHECK A GAP AND GAIN LEVERAGE TO BALL, FLOW TO- FILL C GAP AND SPILL RUNS OUTSIDE, PASS- HASH

MIKE - INSIDE FLOW- FILL A GAP, OUTSIDE FLOW- GAIN LEVERAGE TO BALL, PASS- MIDDLE K.O. CROSSIN ROUTES

Next

PreviousTC

Page 192: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

192

BASE SMOKE (WE CAN ALSO GO MAN TO MAN)

v

v

vvv

v

vv v

v

NE ES H

M WB

$$ F$C

#HASH HASH #MIDDLE

TRAIL/CONTAIN TRAIL/CONTAIN

CORNER- - OWN #1 MAN TO MAN, LOOK TO COMBO IN CERTAIN CALL

$$/F$ - D GAP RUN TO- SPILL ALL BLOCKS, RUN AWAY- TRAIL AND CONTAIN

SAM & HAWK - C GAP RUN, 7 TECH. JAM TE, HASH VS THE PASS

ENDS- - B GAP, 4i TECH, 4 POINT STANCE

NOSE- - PLAY EITHER A GAP MIKE WILL CALL “LIZ OR RIP”

BACKER & WILL- FLOW AWAY- CHECK A GAP AND GAIN LEVERAGE TO BALL, FLOW TO- FIT OFF THE SAFETY, PASS- #’S

MIKE - INSIDE FLOW- FILL A GAP, OUTSIDE FLOW- GAIN LEVERAGE TO BALL, PASS- MIDDLE K.O. CROSSIN ROUTES

Next

Previous TC

Page 193: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

193

BASE BEAR (WE CAN ALSO GO MAN TO MAN)

v

v

vvv

v

vv v

v

NE ES H

M WB

$$F$C

#HASH HASH #MIDDLE

TRAIL/CONTAIN TRAIL/CONTAIN

CORNER- - OWN #1 MAN TO MAN, LOOK TO COMBO IN CERTAIN CALL

$$/F$ - MUST FORCE RUN INSIDE, MUST MATCH OUTSIDE ROUTES- NUMBERS PLAYER

SAM & HAWK - C GAP RUN, 7 TECH, TRAIL AND CONTAIN

ENDS- - B GAP, 3 TECH, 4 POINT STANCE

NOSE- - PLAY EITHER A GAP MIKE WILL CALL “LIZ OR RIP”

BACKER & WILL- FLOW AWAY- CHECK A GAP AND GAIN LEVERAGE TO BALL, FLOW TO- D GAP AND SPILL RUNS OUTSIDE, PASS- HASH

MIKE - INSIDE FLOW- FILL A GAP, OUTSIDE FLOW- GAIN LEVERAGE TO BALL, PASS- MIDDLE K.O. CROSSIN ROUTES

Next

PreviousTC

Page 194: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

194

v

vvvv

v

vv v

v

SHADE GO (MAN TO MAN) ALERT “COMBO”, SAM/WILL BLITZ PEEL VS #3

NES E H

M WC C$$

F$#1 #1

#2#2

SHADOW GO (M TO M) ALERT “COMBO”, SAM/WILL BLITZ PEEL VS #3

v

vvvv

v

vv v

vES E H

M WC C$$

F$#1 #1

#2#2

N

Next Previous

TC

Page 195: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

195

Red Special (covers- 3, 0, cover 2 invert flash) stunts- dbl eagle, eagle, angle

v

v

vvv

v

vv v

v

NT E

S

H

M W

E

CF$

C

TRAIL/CONTAIN TRAIL/CONTAIN

CORNERS - 1/3

F$ - MIDDLE THIRD

SAM& WILL FORCE/ NUMBERS- flow away check leverage - cutback

END/Hawk 7 tech- bubble control c gap

NOSE- - PLAY EITHER A GAP MIKE WILL CALL “LIZ OR RIP”

BACKER & WILL- FLOW AWAY- CHECK A GAP AND GAIN LEVERAGE TO BALL, FLOW TO- D GAP AND SPILL RUNS OUTSIDE, PASS- HASH

MIKE - INSIDE FLOW- FILL A GAP, OUTSIDE FLOW- GAIN LEVERAGE TO BALL, PASS- MIDDLE K.O. CROSSIN ROUTES

Next Previous

TC

Page 196: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

196

SHORT YARDAGE

E N E

M W

S H E N E

M W

S H

SHORT YARDAGE PINCH + FIRE

E N E

M W

S H E N E

M W

S H

SY GUTSSY SPLIT (ALSO SY SPLIT BULLET- moon)

E N E

M W

S H E N E

M W

S H

SY WHIP (S/H CAN BE TAGGEDSY SLANT (S/H CAN BE TAGGED)

T T

TT

TT

$$ F$F$$$

$$$$

$$$$

F$

F$

F$

F$

H H

1/21/2

MM

BACK OUTBACK OUT

BACK OUT BACK OUT

BACK OUT BACK OUT

VS. 1 BACK BACKER OWNS TE, $ OWNS BACK OUT, VS EMPTY $’S - BACKS

TC

Page 197: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Goal line Defense “Road block” (Green or cover 5)

S E N E H C F$$$C

M W

C’s - #1, if aligned as an end “up technique”, all man to man goal line moon

$$/F$- Drive off the edge- you are force/contain

$- # 2 strong- if aligned on a tight end- “up technique”

W- # 2 weak or 3 strong- if aligned as an end “up technique”

SE/H- If aligned to a TE side- 4 tech. and attack, if aligned to an open end- 5 technique

N/RE- 1 technique- attack M- back out to side away from W

Next Previous TC

Page 198: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Goal line Defense “Road block”

S E N E H C F$$$CM W

S E N E H C F$$$CM W

All In

Gap

Road block cover 5

C- #’sS/W- HashMike- middle

Next Previous TC

Page 199: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

199

CoverageCOVER 4 (Silver) AND VARIATIONS- silver, wheel, switch, bump invert, over, bail, press Cover 4 (Silver)- 2 readCOVER 2(Blue) – bump and over

Cover 2/4 can be checked to cover 6= ¼, ¼, ½

COVER 3 (red) AND VARIATIONS- roll st/wk/choice, invert, 3 wk, 3 strg, 3 choice, spyCOVER 8 AND VARIATIONS- deuce, lock, safe, roll, spy, pirate, falcon, blackCover 6 (White) choice, boundary, field, strongCOVER 1- (Black)- man free, Raider- rob the run and rob the passCOVER 0 (Green)- free, 0, double33- zb/ rob/spyPurple- show 3 run 2

Next Previous TC

Page 200: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

200

Secondary Shell

Whenever possible we want to show the same look prior to every snap

Our Down Lineman will show the base look as much as possible and stem prior to snap

Our LB’s and DB’s want to hold the pre-snap shell for as long as possible before the snap. Our formations, motions, blitzes, and down and distance may force us to get out of the secondary shell

Hold shell for as long as possible and practical

N EE

W M$H

CC

F$ $$

5 yards

2 x 11 yards 2 x 11 yards

1 x 7 yards 1 x 7 yards

Next Previous TC

Page 201: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

201

Zone Coverage PrinciplesI. Basic Principles for playing good Zone defense

1. A zone drop is executed by taking a drop step toward your landmark. The defender is always keeping his head on a swivel, looking for the deepest threat to enter his zone while maintaining eye sight on the quarterback.

2. We are staying out of the no cover zone- 7 yards deep from the LOS.

3. Always have eyes on the Quarterback.

4. Play the deepest man in your zone and break on the shallow routes.

5. Stay inside and underneath the receiver at all times- stay in the throwing window- make the QB throw the tough outside throw

6. Try to collision receivers who enter your zone but don’t let this disrupt your drop. If the receiver has to go around you then you have done your job.

7. Read the QB’s eyes, shoulder and arm action- melt to the QB’s shoulder break on the ball when long are comes off the football

8. Don’t cover grass- cover receivers that enter your zone

9. Communicate!!!!!!

10. Always know the answer to the following three questions:a. What is your zone responsibility?b. Who is the 1st threat to your zone?c. Where is your help?

Next Previous TC

Page 202: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

202

Under Coverage Zones

50 5040 40

30 3020 20

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I

I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I Numbers

Landmark =Top of #’s

Depth 12-15 yds

cover Curl to Flat,

read 2-1-3

HashLandmark = Hash Don’t expand off

of hash until ball is thrown

Control #2

Depth 12-15 yds

cover Hook to Curl, slant

read 2-1

MiddleLandmark =

middle depth

Control #3

Depth 12-15 yds

cover middle hooks and crossers

Read 3-2-1

Flat

Read 2-1-3

Curl to flat

Back out

HashLandmark = Hash Don’t expand off

of hash until ball is thrown

Control #2

Depth 12-15 yds

cover Hook to Curl, slant

read 2-1

Numbers

Landmark =Top of #’s

Depth 12-15 yds

cover Curl to Flat,

read 2-1-3

Flat

Read 2-1-3

Curl to flat

Back out

Next Previous TC

Page 203: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

203

II. Playing the Different Zone Areas

A. The underneath Zones

1. Numbers Player (Cover 2, 3, 4, 33)

a. Drop to the inside edge of the numbers- 12 to 15 yards deep. There is a 5 yard give or take both vertically and horizontally- depending on the threat to the zone.

b. Read #2 to #1c. We want to Pad the vertical passing game- play inside and underneath the threat- make the QB put air under his throw.d. At 12-15 yards under cut all “L cuts” to outside and baseball turn all inside cuts– this is if there is only one pattern.

Corners playing Cover on the numbers

A. Hard Corner- there is no # 2 threat or the #2 is a TE- play tight and bump at the LOSB. Soft corner- When number 2 is wide- back off to position where you can read 2 to 1C. Technique- kick-shuffle and slide for the 3-step game. Square to number 1 and get your hands on himD. Funnel- Funnel the receiver inside- get his shoulders parallel to the sideline- Get proper 12-15 yards depthE. When playing cover 2 vs a 3 x 1 set and its trips away- you have a wide #1 man to man vs any vertical

2. Hash Player (Cover 2, 3)

a. Drop 12-15 yards to the middle of the hashed- there is a 5 yard give and takeb. Read #3-#2-#1c. Pad the Verticald. At 12-15 yards under cut all “L cuts” to the outside, baseball turn all inside cuts- if only one pattern in zonee. In Cover 3 vs trips. The hash player away from the trips becomes the “middle” player. He will open up and read off the

number 3 receiver. He must get inside and underneath.f. The front side hash player in cover 3 is the Spy-Flow fire player if contain is broken to that side.

Next Previous TC

Page 204: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

204

3. Middle Player (Cover 2 and 4)

a. Drop 12 to 15 yards in the middle of the hashesb. Read #3 to #2c. Pad the Verticald. At 12-15 yards under cut all “L cuts” to the outside, baseball turn all inside cuts- if only one pattern in zonee. The middle in cover 2 and cover 4 is the Spy-Flow fire player if contain is broken.f. Always run with a vertical route by #3

B. Deep Zone Areas

1. 1/3 zone players- Play pass until ball crosses the LOS- Don’t get beat on playaction

a. Read through the 3 step game before bailingb. Eyes on the Quarterbackc. All 1/3 defenders should break on the ball at the same timed. Always be deeper than the deepest receivere. Maintain a 15-17 yard relationship with the other 1/3 playersf. Control back pedal when there is no deep threatg. Communicate- run, pass, and combination patterns that are developingh. Always break on the ball on the receiver’s up field shoulder- if you break underneath you must make the interception

Outside 1/3 Players

i. Vs split rec. Alignment 9 yards deep with a 3 yard adjustment either way- DD - Vs TE 7 x 1j. Align 1 to 5 yards outside the widest receiver- depends on position of the ball (hash or middle)k. Never align closer than 7 yards from the side line (7 yard rule)l. If you are aligned more than 15 yards from the middle 1/3 player- “Island” assume an inside position take away slante. Get on the inside edge of the numbers and read the QB’s eyesf. Vs. two deep receivers – split the receivers and break on the ball

Next Previous TC

Page 205: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

205

Middle 1/3 player

a. Align 12 yards deep- there is a 3 yard adjustment either way- DDb. Middle of the Hashes- depending on offensive formation you can adjust either way up to 1 yard outside the OT.c. If an outside 1/3 defender aligns more than 15 yards from you, give him an “Island” calld. Bail on the #3 receiver in trips.e. Get between hashes and read the Quarterback’s eyes

2. ½ players

a. Execute a drop no more than 3 yards outside the hash, field position may shorten this but you should never drop inside the hashes

b. Read the QB’s eyes, shoulder, and throwing motion at all timesc. Never jump off the hash unless you are breaking on the balld. The corners are controlling the #1 receiver so you are reading #2 to #1e. Vs. Trips formations- Safety to the trips- read #2 to #1, the Safety away from Trips read #3 to #1f. For the safety away from trips- if #3 doesn’t go vertical than your only vertical threat is number 1 to your side.

Next Previous TC

Page 206: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

206

Man to Man techniques (0 coverage, man free, lock on)I. 0 Coverage (Green) The is no middle help- there is nobody on the roof- respect the post pattern

Vertical Alignment- 7 yards (there is a 2 yard adjustment depending on down and distance)

Horizontal Alignment- align on the receiver’s inside shoulder, unless he is within 5 yards from the Tackle then align on his outside shoulder (5 yard rule)- Never align closer than 7 yards from the sideline. Never allow your man to get to a head position. Keep the receiver in front of you- your alignment and technique must take away post- you have no help in the middle.

1. Key your man exclusively. “Keep your eyes on your luggage” Get to and maintain your buffer with in 1.5 seconds (too much cushion is as bad a too little)Proper positioning on a buffer should be within arm’s length of the receiver’s hip. This is referred to as control.

2. If you lose control your #1 job is to get back into control.

3. When the receiver breaks take an angle through the receiver’s up field shoulder- key the QB and ball only through your man.

4. Don’t look for the ball until you hear a ball call or the receiver’s hands and eyes tell you to.

5. If your man stalks block- come up under control and defeat the stalk- alert for stalk and go.

6. If your receiver cracks- call out crack and replace – be certain it isn’t a crack and go

7. Be aware of the receiver’s split- wide split- inside routes, tight split- out routes or crossers

8. Read the receiver’s hips- the defender’s hips should mirror the rec’s hips. When he sinks his hips and shortens his stride he is making a cut.

9. When your buffer is threatened, turn and run to maintain it. Sink your hips (sit in the chair and whip your elbow.)

10. If you get beat deep- Don’t panic just drop your head and sprint to the receiver’s hip to regain control. Look to make a tackle.

11. If the ball is throw away from you release your man and get into proper pursuit.

12. Vs. Deep patterns Chew the Receiver’s ear and focus on his hands and eyes,

Next Previous TC

Page 207: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

207

II. Man Free Coverage (Cover 1) Black

The same as Cover 0 techniques except:You have deep middle help- a safety is “on the roof”Vertical Alignment- 4.5 yardsHorizontal Alignment- Outside Shoulder/inside shoulder depends on talent

Note: If the receiver is aligned 15 or more yards from the safety- “Island” call- the defender is now player cover 0 technique- back up to 7 yards and take an inside alignment.

III. Lock-on technique (2 safeties are deep- 11 yards) (cover 7) we are trying to force the QB to throw high into the S/C window

1. Align 4 yards and on the receivers inside shoulder (Gap foot- DB outside foot on rec. inside foot- up to 1 yard)

2. If you are covering a slot receiver (2/3) get a tackle read or read the Quarterback, covering #1- eyes on your man

3. Don’t back pedal- dead foot or chop your feet- get an jam on the receiver and skate your feet

4. Always maintain inside position- never let the receiver cross your face

5. Don’t get over extended on your jam- keep your feet moving- you will now be in a trail position on the receiver- CHEW his ear. Touch and Trail

6. The Receiver should never catch the ball in front of you.

7. Lock-on Press- the same as Lock-on except that you will now align close to the LOS (within arm’s length of the receiver) and Jam the receiver on the line- Don’t allow an inside release. YOU WILL NOT GET A TACKLE READ.

8. If receiver attempts to release inside – rip and force him over the top- execute a baseball turn or a man turn.

9. Look when the receiver flashes his hands

Note: All defenders in man coverage inside the 10 yard line will use the Lock-On technique .

Next Previous TCSafety in black - 10-11 yards deep make plays and take risk

Vs 2 backs shade to 2 rec. side- in b gap,Vs 1 back 3 x 1- shade to trips side no farther than tackleVs 1 back 2 x 2 – apex of triangle of the #’1- no farther than tackle

Page 208: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

208

Man to Man ResponsibilitiesNote: if we go isolate some of this may changeWeekly adjustments will be made to create the best match ups Pressure will also change responsibilitiesAlert for bump calls and combo calls

Green (cover 0)30/34/Sooner 44 43 M/W- #3- combo backs out M/W- #3 combo backs out M- spy flow fire- #3H/S- Fire/Falcon/ DB ect. Hawk- on the line S/W- Rob/Free/Double or # 3C- #1’s C- #1’s C- #1’sSafeties- #2’s, #3 vs trips $$/S- Rob/blitz /#3 strg/#2 weak F$/$$- #2

F$- #2 strong H- on the lineW/M- #3 strong/#2 weak (on $$ fires/rob)

40 GreenC’s- #1F$- # 2 strong$$- # 3 strong or #2 weak (Rb in 2 back sets

Black (man free) (cover 1)50 Black 54 Black 44 Black (vs 1 back M/backer combo FB)WC- #1 weak WC- #1 weak MW- #3 - FB/Spy flowF$- #2 weak or #3 strong H- #2 weak S- #2 StrongSC- #1 strong F$- free $$- #2 weak$$- Free W- #3 weak C’s- #1 to sideSam- #2 strong $$- #2 strong or # 3 weak F$- FreeMike- #3 SC- #1 strong trips wk- WC-1, F$- 2, W- 3, S/M- Combo

Trips strg- “trigger”- c-1, $$-2, S-3, F$-free

40 BlackC’s- #1 Free Safety- Free$$ l- #2 strong(Sam or Nickel)- #3 strong or #2 weak,

Next Previous TC

Page 209: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

209

43 Black

C- #1F$- free$$- #2 strongS/M/W- combo #2 weak, #3

30 black weak/43 Black weak 34 Black strong

C- #1 C- #1F$- #2 w H- #2 weakS- #2 s $$- #2 strongM/W- #3 or Fullback/spy flow fire M/W- #3 or Fullback/spy flow fire$$- free F$- freeTrips – strong- “trigger” (c-1, $$- #2, S- #3) trips weak- “trigger” (C-1, F$- #2, H- #3)

Lock-on (cover 7)30 40 (

C- #1’s C- #1’sH/S- #2’s Will- #2 weak (vs trips strong take #3 to the trips)M/W- combo Sam (or Nickel) 2 strong Safeties- 2 deep (11 yards) Mike- #3

Safeties- 2 deep 13 yards

3 spy

mike middle, S/W- #’s F$- 1/3, C- 1/3, $$- top threat (lock) (#2 in trips)

Next Previous TC

Page 210: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

210

Cover 2 (Blue)

No Cover Zone

Hash Hash FlatFlat

½ Zone

Middle

½ Zone

-We are using this coverage to stop the pass-Corners must control #1- disrupt their releases and routes-Hash Player- 2-1 – control threats and sink- look for work- don’t chase crossers-Middle – once run clears get deep to the middle of the goal post- (MOF)-½ players- pass first- read keys and defend half

“Invert”-Adjustment or a huddle call-Vs. 1 rec or 1 rec + 1 Te to boundary-C- 9 x 2 plays ½ expecting post #1-- $- sky support just before snap- contain/numbers

Next Previous TC

Page 211: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

211

Pro Slot- open

Spread Heavy- we can check 3 strong or 54 tug rock

Cover 2 adjustments

N EE

MWSH

C C

F$ $$NumbersNumbers

HashHash Middle

1/2 1/2

Note: SAM there is no Stay in Cover 2- you are the hitman

Be Alert and Ready to adjust to all motion

N EE

WMH

SC C

$$ F$

NumbersNumbers HashHash Middle

1/2 1/2

Be Alert and Ready to adjust to all motion

Be Alert and Ready to adjust to all motion

N EE

MW SH

CC

F$ $$NumbersNumbers

Man to man vs vertical

HashHash- run, screen, crosser Middle key #3

Check #3 for a vertical release ½ player

1/2

11

1 1

112

22 2

2

2

N EE

MWSH

CC

F$ $$NumbersNumbers

HashHash Middle

1/2 1/2

1 122 3

3

33

Next Previous TC

Page 212: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

212

Flex to Flex – LB’s adjust SAM now has b gapDouble slot

Trips – “Bump” and “Invert“ call or 6 or 3 strong

Trips – “Over” call- we can also check 6 or 3 srong

Cover 2 adjustments

N EE

WMH

SC C

$$ F$

NumbersNumbers HashHash Middle

1/2 1/2

(B)

2

N EE

MWSH

CC

F$ $$NumbersNumbers

HashHash Middle

1/2 1/2

1 122

3

N EE

MW S

H

C

CF$

$$

NumbersNumbers

Hash- key RBHash Middle

1/2 1/2

1 122

N EE

MWS

H

C

C

F$

$$

Numbers

Numbers Hash Middle

1/21/2

1 12 33

112 2

3

$$/SC- play 1/2

Sam- d gap – numbers- own flat- crossers

Mike- hash

Will- middle

F$- rock down- d gap/ hash

Be ready for motion back

Cover 6- ¼, ¼, 1/2Hash

$$/C- invert- $$ plays D gap,

C plays1/2

Sam bumps reads B to A- hash player

Mike- A gap middle

Will- walks – D- hash player on #2

If motion occurs everyone bumps back.

$$- Jams #1Corner stays on ½

In just “bump”C- plays D gap$$ would play 1/2

Next Previous TC

Page 213: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

213

slot “Invert ““Bump” CallSlot- “Over” call or check cov. 6 (1/4, ¼, ½)

Bunch open- Hash player to the Bunch – jams #2 Double- “Over” Check or check cov. 6 (1/4, ¼, ½)

Cover 2 adjustments

N EE

MS

S

HC C

F$ $$NumbersMan to man vs vertical

Numbers HashHash Middle

1/2 Check # for vertical 1/2

1122 3

N EE

MWS

H

C

C

F$

$$

Numbers

Numbers

HashHash Middle

1/2 1/2

1 122

3

N EE

MWS

H

C

C

F$

$$

NumbersNumbers

HashHash Middle

1/2 1/2

1 1

2

2 3

N EE

MW S

H

C

CF$

$$

NumbersNumbers

HashHash Middle

1/2 1/2

1 122 3

Next Previous TC

Page 214: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

214

Purple- disguise cover 2 by showing 3 weak then rotating late (pre snap) to Cover 2

Next Previous

NE EH

F$C

W M S C

$$

Mask 3 strong

Show 3 weak then re-rock (trigger) to 3 strong

Mask 3 weak

Show 3 strong then re-rock (trigger) to 3 strong

Mask Rock

Rock down safety opposite of blitz pre-snapPost snap or just before snap- trigger safeties to blitz

TC

Page 215: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

215

Cover 3 (red)

No Cover Zone

Numbers Hash Hash Numbers

1/3 zone1/3 zone1/3 zone

- Coverage used to get 8 in the box and stop the run

- Eliminate window throws by making the QB throw outside the window

- We should never get beat deep

-3 weak-3 strong-3 roll weak-3 roll strong- 3 invert-3 spy

Next Previous TC

Page 216: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

216

Pro Slot- (note: we will often check ¼, ¼, ½ on the backend)

Cover 3 weak adjustments

N EE

MWS

H

C C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

N EE

MWS

H

C

CF$ $$

Numbers (lone dove)Numbers HashHash

1/3

1 122 3

1/31/3

N EE

MWSH

C C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122 3

1/3 1/3

N EE

MW SH

C C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122 3

1/3 1/3

Double slot- alert “Vicky”- F$ m/m on #2 if vertical- $$ favor #2 strg- alert “Vicky”- F$- man to man #2 if vertical, $$- favor #2 stg.Spread

Next Previous TC

Page 217: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

217

FlankBunch (We can have the hash player press #2) or check blue

Trips - Heavy- (backside hash- now middle player- help with vertical by #3)We will often trigger the safeties and it becomes 3 strong or check 54 tug rockWe can also monster- trigger $ mm #2

Cover 3 weak adjustments (we can check 6 or trigger)

N EE

MWSH

C

CF$ $$

Numbers(lone dove)Numbers Hash

1/3

1 1

22 3

1/3 1/3

Middle- key #3

Vs. Trips the backside Hash becomes the Middle player in order to help with a vertical by #3.

The Middle 1/3 player must be aware for a hot seam by #3 – he can use the bail technique.

The backside #’s player is thinking run-screen-crosser

N EE

MW S

H

C C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers HashMiddle- key #3

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

Hot on #3

Run-screen-crosser

N EE

MSW

H

C

CF$

$$

Numbers- run-screen-crosser

Numbers MiddleHash

1/3

1 12

2

3

1/3 1/3

Island

N EE

MWSH

C

CF$

$$

NumbersNumbers (lone dove)

HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

(note: we will often check ¼, ¼, ½ on the backend) we can trigger, spy, or monster

(note: we will often check ¼, ¼, ½ on the backend)

Next Previous TC

Page 218: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

218

Pro Slot

Spread Double slot alert “Vicky”

Cover 3 strong adjustments

N EE

MW

SH

C C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

N EE

MW

SH

C

CF$

$$

Numbers (lone dove)

Numbers HashHash

1/3 or 1/2

1122

3

1/3 or 1/4 1/3

(note: we will often check ¼, ¼, ½ on the backend)

¼ or

N EE

MW

SH

C C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

N EE

MW

SH

C C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

- alert “Vicky”- $$ man to #2 if vertical- F$ favor #2 weak $$ man to #2 if vertical- F$ favor #2 weak

Next Previous TC

Page 219: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

219

FlankBunch- also check blue

Trips Heavy

Cover 3 strong adjustments

N EE

MW

SH

C

CF$

$$Numbers (lone dove)Numbers Middle- key #3Hash

1/3

1

12

2

1/3 1/3

N EE

MW

S

HC C

F$

$$NumbersNumbers Middle- key #3 Hash

1/3

1 12

2 3

1/3 1/3

3

(note: we will often check ¼, ¼, ½ on the backend)We can trigger, spy, or monster

(note: we will often check ¼, ¼, ½ on the backend)

N EE

M

W SH

C CF$

$$Numbers (lone dove)Numbers Middle- key #3Hash

1/3

1 1

2

2

1/3 1/3

3

N EE

MW

SH

C

C

F$

$$Numbers

Numbers (lone dove) HashHash

1/4

1 12 2

1/2 1/4

3

Next Previous TC

Page 220: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

220

Pro Slot

Spread Double slot

Cover 3 roll weak adjustments- we will mostly roll to the multiple receiver side or wide field

N EE

MWS

HC

C

F$$$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

N EE

MWSHC

CF$

$$

Numbers (lone dove)Numbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

N EE

MWSHC

C

F$$$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

N EE

MWSHC

C

F$$$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

Next Previous TC

Page 221: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

221

trips – “Roll Weak” Heavy- “roll strong”

Cover 3 roll weak adjustments

N EE

MWS

HC

CF$

$$

Numbers (lone dove)Numbers Middle – Key #3Hash

1/3

1 1

22 3

1/3 1/3

N EE

MW

S

HC

C

F$ $$

Numbers (lone dove)NumbersMiddle – Key #3 Hash

1/3

1 1

223

1/3 1/3

We can call Roll Strong, Roll Weak, Roll Field, Roll Boundary, Roll Choice

Often we will just call roll. Example: 30 Slant Roll- a “Roll” call without a tag is our roll.

Normally, we roll to the multiple Receiver side.

Next Previous TC

Page 222: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

222

Pro Slot – (We will often check ¼, ¼, ½ on the backend)

Trips Double slot- Alert Vicky

Cover 3 invert adjustments- Safety to side blitz replaces inside LB

N EE

MWSH

C

C

F$$$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

N EE

MWSH

C

C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

N EE

MWSH

C

CF$

$$

NumbersNumbers Middle – key #3Hash

1/3

1 1

2

2 3

1/3 1/3

(We will often check ¼, ¼, ½ on the backend)

N EE

MWSH

C

C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

Next Previous TC

Page 223: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

223

Pro Slot

spread Double slot

Cover 3 spy adjustments- We use this coverage to lock down a WR- other 6 defenders run 33 coverage- not a good run defense

N EE

MWSH

C

C

F$$$

NumbersNumbers Middle

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

Man on #1

N EE

MWSH

C

C

F$

$$

NumbersNumbers Middle

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

Man on #2

N EE

MWSH

CC

F$

$$

NumbersNumbers Middle

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

Man on #2

N EE

MWSH

C

C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers Middle

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

TC

Page 224: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

224

Cover 4 (Silver)

No Cover Zone

MiddleNumbers Numbers

¼ zone ¼ zone ¼ zone ¼ zone

-This coverage is used to stop the run- our safeties are involved in the running game-This coverage is also good against single back teams that pass well- we can rob the #1 or #2 WRs-This coverage is very multiple and there are many variations- Vs a Removed #2 weak- we can have the Hawk and the Will Exchange responsibilities

Variations include- Corners “Bail” Corners Press, “read 2”

Next Previous TC

Page 225: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

225

Silver Coverage RulesI. Cover 4

A. Vs. the Run

1. A safety will give the linebacker a “Silver” call to let them know that they have help to the outside. There is no “Silver” call vs. a removed # 2 receiver to the safety’s side.

2. It is the safety’s job to fit inside or outside depending on how the linebacker takes on the block or gets blocked.

3. Run To- Front side players

a. ILB- Hard downhill player- take on the FB- Gap hand free- Don’t take a side- make it difficult for the RB to make a decision. Always look to shoot the run-through lane and make a playb. Safety- Fit off the OLB. Be ready to make a play inside or outside- keep your feet moving- don’t get down too quickly.c. OLB- Must force all plays back inside- don’t get reached- we may spill at timesd. Corners- must make “Crack” calls and be ready to replace

4. Run Away- Backside Action

a. ILB- Check for quick cutback in the A or B gaps, then get over the top filling inside out- leveraging the ball carrier- whenever the run through lane opens up.b. Safety- Must get down in the box to become the cutback player, always keep leverage on the ball carrier’s inside hip.c. SAM- play a “Stay” technique any time you’re on a TE. Stay at home waiting for bootleg or TE delay. If you don’t have a TE to your side then you are the cutback player because the safety is out with the removed #2d. End and Hawk- Trail and contain player- deep as the deepest you cannot get beat on reverse or QB bootleg

Next Previous TC

Page 226: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

226

B. Vs. the Pass

1. Numbers Player

a. Get to the inside edge of the numbers at a depth of 12 to 15 yards. Knock down any route that crosses your face.- Don’t chase crossers

b. Vs a tight # 2- SAM- you own any outside release by a tight #2 or #3 outsidec. Vs. a removed #2- read 2 to 1d. Read the QB all times as you feel the receiverse. “Buzz” call by corner- react and buzz immediately to number 1- Corners call buzz vs Smash and Chinaf. “Blue” call you now become a hash player reading #2-#1-#3g. “Switch” call- a call made between the F$ and the W LB- this is when there is weak backs or tight #2- Will now must

buzz the numbers robbing #1 on inside routes, or jump the low crossing routes.- no switch calls when in a 43.h. “Bump”- Call made by the strong corner that bumps the SAM to mike and he must play B- the Mike must play weak A

and bump the Will out to wheel on number #2i. “Over”- Call made by Corner vs sets where the TE is the number 1 receiver-we are playing cover 2 to the TE and the

Sam is now a flat player- he must top all outside routes by TE/RB- and look for crossersj. “Spy”- call made when the Safety is doubling #1 with the corner if there is an outside release by the #2- OLB now must

own #2 if he releases outside regardless if he is tight or removed (game plan)

2. Middle Player

a. Must open to the side of the #3 receiver- 12-15 yards- knock down any route that crosses your face.b. If #3 goes vertical you own him man to man- Alert for a new #3c. You are the spy-flow fire player when the QB gets out past the QB

Next Previous TC

Page 227: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

227

3. Cornersa. Alignment- 7 x 1 yardsb. Read through the three step.c. When there is a tight #2 play # 1 man to man on any route over ten yardsd. Vs a removed #2 be ready to call “Buzz” and zone your quartere. “Blue”- Play cover 2 to your side- you must control #1f. “Bump”- call tells the corner to play the flat vs the TEg. “Over”- call tells the corner to play cover 2 safety- SAM now is the flat playerh. “Wheel” zone it- vs removed #2 to your side- the Corner and safety are now true ¼’s players playing the deepest route

to enter their zone.i. “Copper”- read 2 scheme vs. removed #2j. “Frank”- corner has flat

4. Safeties- align 2 x 11

a. Read the #2 or #3 receiver depending on formationb. Play number 2 man to man if he releases verticalc. “Wheel” zone it- A call made between corner and safety vs a removed #2- both players are now zoning their ¼’sd. “Copper”- read 2 scheme vs removed #2e. “Switch”- Call made between the F$ and the W LB- call made when there is a tight number 2- the safety plays the #2

receiver on any outside or vertical route. No switch call when we are in a 43 front.f. “Blue” the safety to the call side- plays ½ technique and the corner is now run supportg. “Spy”- call that tells the safety to double with the corner any time #2 releases outside. (Game Plan)h. “Over” call- Safety to the over call becomes the numbers player, safety away from the over call replaces the rolled

down safety and quarters his zone.

We will check “Blue” to the 1 side of a 3 x 1 set. Vs. a wide #1 the corner is assuming man to man techniques vs all verticals. The hash player to that side must realize that he must carry all screens and crossers into flat because out flat player will not be there.

Safety away from trips – plays Navy- he must check for a vertical by the #3 receiver.

Next Previous TC

Page 228: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

228

Silver coverage - Quick Reference sheet

Vs. a Tight #2 “Silver”

SAM/OLB- you own any outside release by #2 or # 3- Will alert “Switch” CallVs pass- #2 vertical- hands on- play under #1 numbers, #2 in flat- top him, #2 crosses- find #1 – curl to flat

Corner- 7 yard alignment- man to man vs #1 unless he runs a radical route ie. Mesh or crosser

Safety- Read number 2 – TE/Back “I’m Here”Vs run- Both backs to you- force, Both backs away- cutback, backs split- dead foot and find ballVS pass- TE- vertical- you own him, TE crosses or releases into flat- Rob the curl and Dig by #1, Roll under the post by #1

Vs a Removed #2 “Wheel” or “Copper”

Sam/OLB

Vs Pass- # 2 vertical- jam and drop to numbers, #2 to flat- numbers- Will alert “Switch” call- Alert for #3 running a wheel

Corner- zone your quarter- play deepest man in zone read 1 to 2If #1 vertical- you own himIf #1 hitch- look to number # 2 corner- call “Buzz”If #1 in- sink and look up #2

Safety Read #2 to #1

Vs. PassIf #2 vertical- you own himIf # 2 in Flat- sink zone your quarter look to #1If # 2 crosses- sink zone your quarter- look for #1

Next Previous TC

Page 229: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

229

Pro Slot-open- open

Spread Heavy- we can also check 3 strong- $$ #, S- foot/hash, 54 tug rock

Cover 4 adjustments

N EE

MW SH

C C

F$ $$

Numbers- read #2

Numbers- Read #2 Middle-

read #3

1 122

3

Man your quarter

Man your quarter

Read #2 Man your quarter

Read #2 Man your quarter

“Silver”“Silver”

N EE

MS W

H

CC

$$ F$

Numbers- read #2

Numbers- Read #2 Middle-

read #3

1 122

3

Read 1-2 Man your quarter

Man your quarter

“Wheel” or “Copper” “Silver”

Read 2-1Man your quarter

Key #2 weak

N EE

MWSH

C C

F$ $$

Numbers- read #2Numbers-

Read #2Middle- read #3

1 122

3“Wheel” or “Copper”

Man your quarter

“Silver”

Read 1-2Man your quarter

Read 2-1Man your quarter

Read #2 Man your quarter

N EE

MWSH

C C

F$$$

Numbers- read #2Hash Read

#2- screen- crosser

Middle- read #3

1 12

2

3“Blue” “Wheel” or “Copper”

Read 1-2Man your quarter

Cover 2 technique- man to man vs vertical

Check #3 vertical- ½ player

Read 2-1Man your quarter

Next Previous TC

Page 230: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

230

Flank- check 6Double slot

Trips – “Bump” call- we can check 6 or 3 weak trips– “Over” call- check 6 or 3 weak

Cover 4 adjustments

N EE

MW SH

C C

F$ $$

Hash read #2

Numbers- Read #2 Middle-

read #3

1 1

22 3

Flat read #2

Man your ¼ read 1-2

Man your 1/4

Check #3 for a vertical ½ player

“Wheel” or Copper” “Blue” “Bump” Bump can be inverted between C and $$

N EE

MW S

H

C

C

F$

$$

Hash read #2

Numbers- Read #2 Middle-

read #3

1 1

22 3

Man your ¼, read 1-2

Man your 1/4

Flat

“Wheel” “Blue” Over”

Check #3 for a vertical ½ player

N EE

MWSH

C C

F$ $$

Numbers- read #2Numbers-

Read #2Middle- read #3

1 122

3“Wheel” or “copper” “Wheel” or “Cone”

Man your ¼, read 1-2

Man your ¼, read 1-2

Man your ¼, read 2-1

Man your ¼, read 2-1

N EE

MW S

H

C

C

F$

$$

Hash read #2

Numbers- Read #2 Middle-

read #3

1 122

3

“Blue” Over”“Silver”

Check #3 for a vertical ½ player

Flat

Man your quarter

Read #2 Man your quarter

Next Previous TC

Page 231: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

231

Slot- “Over” CallSlot- “Bump” call

Bunch Double - vs a removed #2 W/H can exchange

Cover 4 adjustments

N EE

MW SH

C C

F$ $$

Hash read #2

Numbers- Read #2 Middle-

read #3

1 122

3

Man your 1/4

Man your 1/4

Check #3 for a vertical ½ player

“Wheel” or “copper” “Blue” “Bump” Bump can be inverted between C and $$

Flat read #2

N EE

MW

SH

C

C

F$

$$

Hash read #2

Numbers- Read #2 Middle-

read #3

1 122

3

Man your 1/4

Man your 1/4

Flat

“Wheel” or “copper” “Blue” Over”

Check #3 for a vertical ½ player

N EE

MS

S

HC

C

$$ F$

Hash read #2

Hash- jam #2 Middle-

read #3

1 122 3

flat

Check #3 for a vertical ½ player

Cover 2 tech. man to man vs vertical

Check “Blue”

1/2

N EE

MWS

H

C

CF$

$$Hash read #2

Middle- read #3

1 1223

flat

1/2

Man your ¼- read 1-2

Man your ¼- read 2-1

“Blue” Invert“Wheel” or “copper”

Numbers- Read #2

Next Previous TC

Page 232: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

232

Double flank- “Switch” CallTrips gun- open since we check “Comet” backside- no switch

Pro- Far “Switch” Double- “Switch”

Cover 4 adjustments- “switch” calls- made when backfield is broken to weak side- Will “A” gap run- pass buzz/rob- #1, F$- man #2 on any outside or vertical route- if #2 blocks zone your ¼- also tight #2 weak is a switch. No switch in 43 - examples:- weak backs, far

back, wing back, gun split backs, split, tight slot, double flank

N EE

M WS

H

CC

F$$$

Hash read #2- run-screen-carry crosser

Numbers- Read #2 Middle-

read #3

1 1

2

2 3

Cover 2 technique- man to man vs vertical

Check #3 vertical- ½ player

“Blue” or island “Wheel” or copper

Read 1-2Man your quarter

Read 2-1Man your quarter

N EE

MW SH

C C

F$ $$

Numbers- read #2

Pass- buzz under #1If goes vertical look for crosser

Middle- read #3

1 122

3

Own #2 on any vertical or outside release- if #2 blocks- zone your quarter

Man your quarter

Man your quarter

read #2

N EE

MW

SH

C

CF$

$$Hash read #2Pass- buzz under #1

If goes vertical look for crosser

Middle- read #3

1 122

3

Own #2 on any vertical or outside release- if #2 blocks- zone your quarter

Man your quarter

Flat

1/2

N EE

MW SH

C C

F$ $$

Numbers- read #2

Pass- buzz under #1If goes vertical look for crosser

Middle- read #3

1 122

3

Own #2 on any vertical or outside release- if #2 blocks- zone your quarter

Man your quarter

Man your quarter

read #2

“Blue”- Invert

“Silver” “Switch”

“Silver”

read #2

TC

Page 233: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

C

$$

S M W C

F$

Silver vs naked- naked call- $- rob run/drag/middle pattern/roll the post

Next Previous TC

Page 234: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

C

$$

S M W C

F$

Silver vs naked- naked call- $- rob run/drag/middle pattern/roll the post

Next Previous TC

Page 235: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

235

Silver Coverage (cover 4) “Read 2” variation

This is a variation of Cover 4 that can result in multiple looks

This is a variation that can be called if we want to keep the LB tighter to box and/or we want to get better coverage on the flats.

C- 1 x 7 yardsSafety- inside shoulder of removed #2 and 9 yards deep.

Both the corner and the safety are reading the QB to #2.

Read QB- Ball on the line- immediate run threat- toss/option/pitch- run supportRead QB- ball off the line- Read #2

If #2 releases to the Flat= Corner owns # 2, Safety owns #1If #2 releases vertical= Corner owns #1, safety owns #2Note: If #2 releases vertical and runs a 10 yard square out- Safety calls “squat” corner adopts the square out and the safety – adopts #2. Another option is for the safety to man his ¼ and call buzz to the outside LB.

If #2 release shallow/inside- corner owns #1, safety looks for crosser or robs/rolls #1If #2 releases deep middle- Corner- owns #1, safety owns #2If #2 blocks- Corner owns #1, safety- Star force or cutback vs. run away

Vs a tight #2 and tight #1 (TE/Wing)- check “Blue”

Next Previous TC

Page 236: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

236

Cover 6 (1/4, 1/4, ½) (White)

No Cover Zone

MiddleNumbers Flat

¼ zone ¼ zone

Hash

½ zone

-This is a coverage to add another secondary player to the rec. strength-This is an adjustment in cover 4, it can also be a huddle call-- the huddle call tells the ¼’s players where to go-We can run- cover 6 strong, cover 6 field, cover 6 boundary, cover 6 choice

We can also run “6 moon”= cover 6 man = ¼’s to rec. strength- man to man away, middle player must carry any crosser

Note: we can also invert the Cover 2, the corners can also play bail, The Safety can also show to give a man to man look.

Next Previous TC

Page 237: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

237

Field 6 Boundary 6

Cover 6 adjustments/combinations

N EE

MW SH

C C

F$ $$

Numbers- read #2

Hash Middle- read #3

1 122

3

Cover 2

Man your quarter

Read #2 ½ zone

Read #2 Man your quarter- any pattern + 5 yards

“Blue” “Silver”

N EE

MS W

H

CC

$$ F$

Numbers- read #2Hash Middle-

read #3

1 122

3

Man your quarter

“Blue” “Silver”

½ zoneRun first- rob #1 if pass

FieldBoundary Field Boundary

Cover 2

Next Previous TC

Page 238: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

238

Cover 8

No Cover Zone

Numbers Hash Hash Numbers

¼ zone ¼ zone ¼ zone ¼ zone

High middle

Low middle

-We are getting 8 in coverage-3 man pass rush-Rally to the run-The are many variations

-Deuce- Lock (cover 7)- Spy,- Safe, -Roll, -Man free- Falcon

Next Previous TC

Page 239: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

239

32 “Deuce”

N EE

1 122

3

WMHS

C C

F$$$

NumbersNumbers

HashHash

Low Spy

High Middle(Tampa 2)

½ zone player½ zone player

We will have a low and high middle playerThe low player will spy the QBThe high player will drop to the Goal postStay out of no cover zoneVs 3 x1 sets- high middle aligns to the 3 side, low- away from 3Corner away from trips- man to man, hash away from trips- run/screen/cross

Next Previous TC

Page 240: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

240

32 “Lock-on”

N EE

1 122

3

WMHS

C C

F$$$

½ zone player½ zone player

Under coverage use lock-on technique- get a tackle read- don’t allow an inside release!Mike/Will- Combo back- Back to= man to man, Back Away– Spy QB/Flow FireF$/$$ align 12-14 yards deep- play tight enough to defend the post/skinny post- wide enough to help out with the fade

Man on #1 Man on #1Man on #2 Man on #2

Combo Back out

Next Previous TC

Page 241: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

241

32 “Roll”

N EE

1 122

3

WMHS

C C

F$$$

NumbersNumbers

HashHash

Middle

1/3 zone player1/3 zone player

We can “roll” either cornerWeak, Strong, Field, BoundaryAll adjustments are made by the underneath coverage and secondary

1/3 zone player

Next Previous TC

Page 242: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

242

32 “Spy”

N EE

1 122

3

WMHS

C

C

F$$$

NumbersNumbers

HashHash

1/3 zone player1/3 zone player

We can “Spy” either #1 or #2, weak or strongAll adjustments are made by the secondarySafeties always rob/spy #2 or #3Corners always spy /rob #1

1/3 zone player

Spy #2

Next Previous TC

Page 243: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

243

32 Falcon

N EE

1 122

3

WM HS

C C

F$$$Man to man #1 Man to man #1

Man to man #2Man to man #2

Combo back out

Corners and Safeties man to man technique- no helpMike/Will- combo back- back to – man to man , back away- spy QB- flow fireSam and Hawk- Free- tackle read- run first- pass- rob inside routes by 1 and 2

Next Previous TC

Page 244: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

244

32 Black (man-free) 32 Raider (rob the run and the pass)

N EE

1 122

3

W/5MH

S

C C

F$

$$

Man to man #1 Man to man #1

Man to man #2Man to man #2

Combo back out

Corners- # 1 man to manMike/Sam- combo back- back to – man to man , back away- spy QB- flow fire$$ and Nickel back- #2 man to manHawk – will be involved in stuntF$- Free

Next Previous TC

Page 245: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

245

32 “Safe”

N EE

1 122

3

WMHS

C

C

F$$$

NumbersNumbers

HashHash

Low Spy

1/4 zone player¼ zone player

4 under – sink and disrupt routes4 deep- 4 across nothing gets behind us

1/4 zone player¼ zone player

Next Previous TC

Page 246: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

246

Coverage Adjustment options vs. various problem formations

Game plan ideas

Vs Trips

Vs Double slot

Vs empty

Vs Bunch

Next Previous TC

Page 247: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

247

Coverage Adjustment options vs. various problem formations

VS Trips If trips is giving us a problem

Danger – see se diagram

Spy- just like Danger except Safety is strictly man to man regardless of patterns- under coverage is numbers-middle-numbers

3 strong- 3 deep, four under- #/H/H/#

Roll strong

Monster - same concept as 3 strong but the under coverage shifts to the trips numbers, hash, middle, backside numbers player is the lone dove- lone dove

Tug Rock- zone blitz from trips when in an odd front

Pittsburgh Rock- zone blitz from trips when in an even front

Vice- Backside corner and backside LB bracket #1 away from trips

Choke- trips side corner man to man vs # 1- cover 2 look

Next Previous TC

Page 248: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

248

“Danger”- loading the zone call- vs. 3 x 1 receiver sets

N EE

MW S

HC C

F$

$$NumbersNumbers

Hash to

1/3

1 12

2

3

1/3

1/3

“Island”

Man to man principles

Key # 3/back- screenAlert for Danger call

Safety to trips side- will get a tackle read (run-pass) vs pass eyes go to # 2- if #2 runs a vertical or an out pattern his owns him man to man (make a “mable” call). If number 2 releases inside- call “Danger” and play the numbers

Corner to numbers safety- deep 1/3

Safety on the roof- you are still a middle third player- but vs pass must key both number 2 and 3 you are looking for a zipper route

OLB to safety- if you hear a “mable” call from the Safety that means he is man to man on #2 and has vacated the zone- this makes you a numbers player, be prepare to jump the flat pattern, if you hear “In” call key for the inside pattern- get to the hash

ILB/OLB away from safety be alert for an “In” call it means a receiver may be dragging across into your zone

OLB away from safety you are lone dove- crossers, help with skinny post and be alert for a “In” call

We can also check 3 strong, tug rock, Sea./Bos/Pit Rock, Spy

Middle

Key # 2/#3 alert for zipper

Next Previous TC

Page 249: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

249

Coverage Adjustment options vs. various problem formations

Double Slot

Vicky- see diagram

Black- Corners own #1, numbers player own #2, middle player owns #3- cage call to ends

Green – C- #1, $’s- #2, double blitz by 2 of the backers- game plan

Quarters- check silver

Blue- check Blue

Lock-on- check lock

Next Previous TC

Page 250: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

250

“Vicky” call- vs. 4 receiver sets with a vertical threat

N EE

MW SH

C C

F$ $$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

“Island”

Man to man principlesMan to man principles

Key # 3- screen and look for crossers

Safety playing numbers- F$ (3 wk) or $$ (3 strg) will get a tackle read (run-pass) vs pass eyes go to # 2- if #2 runs a vertical or an out pattern his owns him man to man (make a “mable” call). If number 2 releases inside- call “Danger” and play the numbers

Corner to numbers safety- “Vicky” is essentially an “Island” call for you- assume man to man principles vs. #1

Safety on the roof- you are still a middle third player- but vs pass you now must favor the #2 receiver away from the rocked down safety.

OLB to rocked down safety- if you hear a “mable” call from the Safety that means he is man to man on #2 and has vacated his zone- you must now own back out and look to carry crossers coming toward you from the other side of the formation.

ILB/OLB away from safety be alert for a “Danger” call it means a receiver may be dragging across into your zone

Vs motion to trips- check trigger and play 3 strong to trips side

We can also check black, silver, blue, green + double fire, Lock-on

Next Previous TC

Page 251: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Adjustments to bunchWe always want a #’s, H, and Middle player to the Bunch.

Vs. Bunch Strong

Coverage Adjustment

Blue BlueSilver Blue3 weak trigger and string3 strong Blue Invert

Blue vs Bunch Strong- stays Blue

N EEC

$$

SMW

H

CF$

#HashmiddleLone

doveMan to man vs vertical

1/2 1/2

Silver vs Bunch Strong- Checks Blue

N EEC

$$

SMW

H

CF$

#HashmiddleLone

doveMan to man vs vertical

1/2 1/2

3 weak vs Bunch Strong- check trigger and string LB’s (can stay in 1/3’s or ½’s

N EE$$

C

SMW

H

CF$

#HashmiddleLone

doveMan to man vs vertical

1/2 1/2

3 strong vs Bunch Strong- Blue (Invert) (M and W can switch if time)

N EE$$

C

MWH

S

CF$

#HashmiddleLone

doveMan to man vs vertical

1/2 1/2

Next Previous TC

Page 252: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Adjustments to bunchWe always want a #’s, H, and Middle player to the Bunch.

Vs. Wide Bunch Strong

Coverage Adjustment

Blue BlueSilver Blue3 weak trigger and string3 strong Blue Invert

Blue vs Bunch Strong- stays Blue

N EEC

$$

SMW

H

CF$

#HashmiddleLone

doveMan to man vs vertical

1/2 1/2

Silver vs Bunch Strong- Checks Blue

N EEC

$$

SMW

H

CF$

#HashmiddleLone doveMan to man vs

vertical1/2 1/2

3 weak vs Bunch Strong- check trigger and string LB’s (can stay in 1/3’s or ½’s

N EE$$

C

SMW

H

CF$

#HashmiddleLone

doveMan to man vs vertical

1/2 1/2

3 strong vs Bunch Strong- Blue (Invert) (M and W can switch if time)

N EE$$

C

MWH

S

CF$

#HashmiddleLone

doveMan to man vs vertical

1/2 1/2

Next Previous TC

Page 253: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Adjustments to bunchWe always want a #’s, H, and Middle player to the Bunch.

Vs. Bunch Weak

Coverage Adjustment

Blue BlueBlue Blue3 weak Blue Over3 strong Blue Over

Blue vs Bunch weak- stays Blue Over

N EE

C$$

SMW

HC F$

# HashMiddle Hash

1/2 1/2

#

Silver vs Bunch weak- checks Blue Over

N EE

C$$

SMW

HC F$

# HashMiddle Hash

1/2 1/2

3 weak vs Bunch weak- checks Blue Over

N EE

C$$

SMW

HC F$

# HashMiddle Hash

1/2 1/2

3 weak vs Bunch weak- checks Blue Over

N EE

C$$

SMW

HC F$

# HashMiddle Hash

1/2 1/2

#

##

Next Previous TC

Page 254: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Additional Adjustments to bunch

Check Black Press (another option is to put end inside TE and keep SAM outside- M- FB, Sam/C combo back out/TE (“Banjo “call)

N EE

CF$

SMWH

C $$

1st out #2 press 1st in or

second out Combo FB

#1

Check Red vs weakside run threat

N EE

C$$S

MW H

C F$

#Hash

Middle Hash

1/3

1/3

Check star Box

N EE

C $$

SMW

HC F$

# Hash MiddleLone dove

1/2 1/2

N EE

CF$

SMW

HC $$

1st out Press 2 1st in – 2nd out FB

Free Combo TE/Back

Next Previous

1/3

Check Black With a Banjo Call backside- good vs weakside run

Combo TE/Back

If double post threat- backside corner can adjust to middle of field to give a 5 over 3

TC

Page 255: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

255

Check Coverage

Example: 43 over check

Coverage will adjust to formation based on game plan

Or coach will call coverage from sideline- based on formation

Common checks

Double slot/ 2 x 2- with removed #2’s – silver

Vs tight #1 and #2- Blue to the tight #2 side

3 x 1- 3 deep with the safety rocking down to the 3 receiver side (load the zone)

3 x 1 or 2 x 1 with a the 1 being a TE- check 6

Vs. Bunch check blue to the bunch

Vs empty check 32 – deuce, lock-on, or spy- you can move H to inside and low spy

Next Previous TC

Page 256: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

256

Next Previous

NE EH

F$

CW M S

C

$$

2 x 2 check silver

silverWheel

NE EH

F$

CW M S

C

$$

2 x 2 check silver

WheelWheel

NE EH

F$

CW M S

C$$

3 x 1 check 3 strong or weak to trips

NE EH

F$C

W M S

C$$

3 x 1 with a TE to 1 side- check 6

Wheel

NE EH

F$C

W M S

C$$

2 x 1 with TE to the 1 side- check 6

BlueWheel

NE EH

F$

C W M

S C

$$

Bunch- check blue

BlueBlue

Check Coverage

Blue

NE E

H

F$

C W M S C

$$

Empty- check edit deuce

NE E

H

F$C

W M S C

$$

Empty – check FSU Lock- on

NE EH

F$

C W M SC

$$

Empty- check FSU spy

TC

Page 257: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

257

Check coverage vs Pro and slot formations

Check cover1st number Pro, 2nd number slot

Other variations

1st number vs a tight #2, number vs a removed number 2

36634334422423

TC

Page 258: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Coverage: Combo 24 R Notes: Vs a Tight #2- cover 2, vs a removed #2 cover 4Variations: The Rover (r) – deep middle (1/5), hot and hole reading QB- 2-1 or QB- 2/3 to 1

This coverage gives the defense a 2 man advantage to either side and all eyes are on the QB. Read 2 scheme Rover favors side of Removed number 2- hole to deep 1/5

If there are 2 tight # 2- Rover weak #’s,- can be an “auto “call sending Rover off edge - 2 wide #2’s Rover hole to deep middle 1/5additional note: we can also load the zone with the Rover or Safety and run cover three vs trips sets (or cover 4)

N EE S

MW

C

$ $

C

R

1 2 2 1

4 2

N EE

WMSC

$ $

C

R

3

N EE

WMSC

$ $

C

R

N EE

SMWC

$ $

C

R

N EE S

MW

C

$ $

C

R

N EE S

MW

C

$ $

C

R

4 2 4 4

444 244

1/41/4 ½ (QB

Flat

HookMid-spy

#

Hole to 1/5 1/4

1/4Hole to 1/5 ½ (QB)

m/m vs vertiical

#/LDMid-spy

11

22 3

#

1 122

3

1/4 1/4

1/41/4Hole 1/5

Mid-spy# #

1 1 1 1 1 122 2 2 2 23 3 3

1/4

1/4 1/4

1/4Hole to 1/5

# #Mid-spy

Flat

1/41/4

½ (QB)

#/LDMid-spy

#

Hole to 1/5 1/4

1/4 1/4

1/4Hole to 1/5

# Mid-spy

#

TC

Page 259: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

259

Good vs empty and 4 rec. and a duel threat QB.

Personnel- Rover sub for Hawk- hawk to DE or Packer personnel

R= Rover

32 + stunt+ Blue R example: 32 lasso Blue R32 + stunt + silverer R32 + stunt + combo 24 R (cover 2 vs tight 2, cover 4 vs removed 2)

For this cover the Rover will not be involved in the stunt he will be involved in the coverage, it is essential that the stunts up front maximize the efficiency of the three men up front.

Edit, TO, Crash, Loop, Wrap, Lasso, Mike, Fire, (Baltimore and Slice- fire zone 3-3)

TC

Page 260: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

260

Roll Check

Notes: Base coverage is cover 2 Pre snap- If there is a 3 x 1 set or they motion to a 3 x 1 set – check cover 3- with a roll check or a rock check

If they start in a 3 x1 set check 3 and motion to a 2 x 2 set- “omaha” “omaha” reset coverage

Post

TC

Page 261: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

261

Loaded zone ideas- also loaded zone into the hole (vs flood)

Loaded zone ideas relate to trying to

TC

Page 262: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Coverage:_________________ Notes:

Variations:

TC

Page 263: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Coverage:_________________ Notes:

Variations:

TC

Page 264: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

264

Jab weak

TC

Page 265: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

265

Calls to take away certain offensive schemes TC

Page 266: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

266

TC

Page 267: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

267

Triple Option

Vs dive option, flex bone/ bone/ midline

ND- pinch- get to the mesh (1 yard behind the guards inside leg)Pinch44 attackStack LB 1 gap over responsibilities50/54- read stunts

Vs- veer option

More to come

Mesh

Press one corner on rec. and roll coverage away

Wing T

Control Playside C and D gapsGet safeties involved

Under frontsMore to come

TC

Page 268: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Loaded Zone ConceptsThe Loaded Zone concept is designed to take advantage of offenses that do not use the entire field. Just like the offensive mindset of flooding zones, the defense can load zones. When called at appropriate times and against appropriate teams it has proven to give defenses a tremendous advantage against both the pass and the run.

Defenses that run loaded zone concepts can call it in the huddle or check to it by formation.

Defenses most commonly load to formations or load to the field.

The most common loaded zone scheme is to use cover 2 under coverage to the loaded zone side (#/F, H, M), cover 3 concepts deep, and man to man backside or “lone dove” concepts backside.

To the loaded zone side- cover 2 under coverage can be achieved by rocking a safety down to 3 receiver sets the safety then has the numbers and sky support (most common), squatting the corner and rolling the coverage over top, the corner controls the number and has cloud support, or sliding the under coverage and rocking a safety down away from trips (least common but good against empty or when faced with a one on one mismatch between the backside linebacker and the running back.) This would provide bronco (backer) support.

It is also common to blitz one of the extra coverage men to the loaded zone side. This can be by design or a built in flow fire by the middle player when the QB breaks the tackle box.

Page 269: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Load Sky- Loading to rec. strength by Rocking down a safety– Safeties will give a Larry or Ralph call to tell the defense where they are rocking down to. Alert for motion

Load Cloud- Loading to rec. strength by squatting a corner- Safeties will give a Larry or Ralph call to tell defense where they are rolling to. Alert for motion.

Load slide- Loading to rec. strength by sliding linebackers and rocking down the safety to the opposite side- Safeties will give a Larry or Ralph call to tell the linebackers where to slide- backside safety must remember to rock down- Alert for motion.

Load Field – Loading to field. Loading the zone to the field- vacating one boundary under coverage.

Silver Load (load check)- We will run ¼’s but we will load to formation if it is a 3 x 1 set, if it is a 2 x 2 set we will be in quarters. We can load to a 2 x 1 set.- Alert for motion

If they offense. . .Comes out in a 2 x 2 set- call silver/wheel or blue(depends on set)Comes out in a 2 x 2 set and then motions- Ralph or Larry to motion sideComes out in a 3 x 1 set- Ralph or Larry to 3 sideComes out in a 3 x1 set- Ralph or Larry to 3 side, and then motions to 2 x 2 set- “Omaha” resets coverage back to Silver.

Page 270: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

270

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load check) TC

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

Page 271: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

271

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load Sky) TC

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

H E N E

C

S

MWC

$

$H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

Page 272: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

272

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load cloud) TC

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N EC

SMWC

$ $

H E N E

C

S

MWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

Page 273: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

273

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load slide) TC

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC $

$

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

C

SMWC

$

$

H E N E

CSMWC $

$

H E N E

CSMWC $

$

H E N E

CSMWC $

$

Page 274: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

274

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load check) TC

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

H E N EC

S

MWC

$ $

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

Page 275: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

275

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load check) TC

H E N E

CSMW

C $

$

H E N E

CSMW

C

$

$

H E N E

CSMW$

C $

H E N E

C

S

MWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMW$

C $

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

Page 276: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Load with Man to man backside

Lone Dove concepts

Page 277: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Principals of the defense vs ACC

1. Levels- make them drive the field no big plays2. With their double threat QB – they often have a numbers advantage

Plays that they run that use numbers- Zone read- Jailbreak- Three step

Take this back by keying the QB

3. Vs zone read- give your players a simple responsibility – you have either QB or RB

4. Simple reads

Page 278: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Quick ReleaseTallNo look offLong arm, off- BreakLong arm off- hands up!!!

Fire to backAvoid extended stuntsPressure

Look for their routineSpy flow fire- flush him- don’t let him step up

Blitzes that attack back but also stop inside zone

Choice blitz from back’s side or number 4

Over hang players and level- tackle reads

Matchups

Read exchange

Zone as opposed to man- eyes on the QB

Page 279: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25
Page 280: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

If you want to add a fourth Rusher- out of three or 4 man fronts

Send the Rover

Backside safety assumes all rover Responsibilities- when trips away

Page 281: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25
Page 282: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

282

New zone blitzes

FriscoBay

Others

Attacking slide

Attacking bob

Attacking pa and sprint out

Attacking launching points

Page 283: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

283

Double “Vicky” call- vs. 4 receiver sets with a vertical threat

N EE

MW SH

C C

F$

$$

NumbersNumbers HashHash

1/3

1 122

3

1/3 1/3

“Island”

Man to man principlesMan to man principles

M/W Key and match # 3- - screen and look for crossers

Safety playing numbers- F$ (3 wk) or $$ (3 strg) will get a tackle read (run-pass) vs pass eyes go to # 2- if #2 runs a vertical or an out pattern his owns him man to man (match)- give inside Linebacker mable call. If number 2 releases inside- call “Danger” and play the numbers

Numbers linebacker away from rocked down safety- you will get a Match call from safety meaning match number 2 vs vert/outside- give a mable call to ILB vs vert or out by number 2, , # vs inside route play numbers give a danger call

Both Corners- double “Vicky” is essentially an “Island” call for you- assume man to man principles vs. #1

Safety on the roof- you are still a middle third player- give olb away from safety a “match” call- they will match number 2

ILB’s – you will key number three-

ILB/OLB away from safety be alert for a “Danger” call it means a receiver may be dragging across into your zone

Vs motion to trips- check trigger and play 3 strong to trips side

We can also check black, silver, blue, green + double fire, Lock-on

Next Previous TC

“match”

Page 284: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Loaded Zone ConceptsThe Loaded Zone concept is designed to take advantage of offenses that do not use the entire field. Just like the offensive mindset of flooding zones, the defense can load zones. When called at appropriate times and against appropriate teams it has proven to give defenses a tremendous advantage against both the pass and the run.

Defenses that run loaded zone concepts can call it in the huddle or check to it by formation.

Defenses most commonly load to formations or load to the field.

The most common loaded zone scheme is to use cover 2 under coverage to the loaded zone side (#/F, H, M), cover 3 concepts deep, and man to man backside or “lone dove” concepts backside.

To the loaded zone side- cover 2 under coverage can be achieved by rocking a safety down to 3 receiver sets the safety then has the numbers and sky support (most common), squatting the corner and rolling the coverage over top, the corner controls the number and has cloud support, or sliding the under coverage and rocking a safety down away from trips (least common but good against empty or when faced with a one on one mismatch between the backside linebacker and the running back.) This would provide bronco (backer) support.

It is also common to blitz one of the extra coverage men to the loaded zone side. This can be by design or a built in flow fire by the middle player when the QB breaks the tackle box.

Page 285: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Load Sky- Loading to rec. strength by Rocking down a safety– Safeties will give a Larry or Ralph call to tell the defense where they are rocking down to. Alert for motion

Load Cloud- Loading to rec. strength by squatting a corner- Safeties will give a Larry or Ralph call to tell defense where they are rolling to. Alert for motion.

Load slide- Loading to rec. strength by sliding linebackers and rocking down the safety to the opposite side- Safeties will give a Larry or Ralph call to tell the linebackers where to slide- backside safety must remember to rock down- Alert for motion.

Load Field – Loading to field. Loading the zone to the field- vacating one boundary under coverage.

Silver Load (load check)- We will run ¼’s but we will load to formation if it is a 3 x 1 set, if it is a 2 x 2 set we will be in quarters. We can load to a 2 x 1 set.- Alert for motion

If they offense. . .Comes out in a 2 x 2 set- call silver/wheel or blue(depends on set)Comes out in a 2 x 2 set and then motions- Ralph or Larry to motion sideComes out in a 3 x 1 set- Ralph or Larry to 3 sideComes out in a 3 x1 set- Ralph or Larry to 3 side, and then motions to 2 x 2 set- “Omaha” resets coverage back to Silver.

Page 286: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

286

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load check) TC

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

Page 287: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

287

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load Sky) TC

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

H E N E

C

S

MWC

$

$H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

Page 288: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

288

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load cloud) TC

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N EC

SMWC

$ $

H E N E

C

S

MWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

Page 289: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

289

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load slide) TC

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC $

$

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

C

SMWC

$

$

H E N E

CSMWC $

$

H E N E

CSMWC $

$

H E N E

CSMWC $

$

Page 290: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

290

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load check) TC

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

H E N EC

S

MWC

$ $

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

Page 291: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

291

Next Previous Load Coverage (Load check) TC

H E N E

CSMW

C $

$

H E N E

CSMW

C

$

$

H E N E

CSMW$

C $

H E N E

C

S

MWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMW$

C $

H E N E

C

SMWC $

$

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

H E N E

CSMWC

$ $

Page 292: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Load with Man to man backside

Lone Dove concepts

Page 293: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

293

Next Previous Load Coverage TC

Page 294: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

294

Next Previous Load Coverage TC

Page 295: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

295

Next Previous Load Coverage TC

Page 296: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25
Page 297: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

297

Boost Front

It is a 34 front that is stacked on the boundary side – the coverage may or may not support (load) the field side.

Origin of name

Boundary Stack

Boost used for support- We will support the field side with an extra linebacker and at times an extra coverage.

Vs a second receiver to boundary tight or removed it reverts back to a normal 34 alignment.

We can designate a Booster and Field side Or it can be based on formation

Base stunts and coverages33 Fire zoneShellLoad Coverage also applies

Field TugField Tug FireField BuckField Buck FireField AngleFiled Angle Fire

Page 298: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

298

N EES

MWH CC

$F$

Boost Front

Normal positioning of LB’s applies.Suggested vs 1 back teams

N EEH

SMW CC

$F$

There can also be adjustments of positioning as long as the Sam can play inside.

Suggested vs 2 back teams

Page 299: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

299

N EE SMWH CC $

F$

Boost Front

N EES

MW

HCC

$F$

Vs 3 x 1 to field (depends on coverage)

N EES

MWH CC

$F$

Vs 2 x 2 (normal 34)

Vs 2 x 2 (boundary 2 removed)

Page 300: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

300

N EES

MW

HCC $

F$

Boost Front

N EES

M W

HCC

$F$

Vs 2 x 1 side, with 2 being to boundary-Normal 34 alignment

N EE

SM

WH CC

$F$

Vs 2 x 2 (normal 34)

Vs 2 x 2 (boundary 2 removed)

Page 301: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

301

N EES

MWH CC

$F$

Stack Front

N EEH

SMW CC$

F$

Wack Front

Page 302: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Ram stack rockVs removed #2 weak- Hawk will walk- string M and W- slam tugTag with a “crazy” call gives RE a 2 way go- Nose shade 1 weak

Seattle strong stack- green- Same but the Will blitz b or off the edge the RE takes the opposite gap

E EH

NWM

SC C

F$$$

Next Previous TC

Note: bring this blitz only from fieldField stack-

Page 303: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

303

OLB alignments

0 position- vs only a TE or a TE wing- 3 x 3

1 position- 1 wr or 1 wr and TE- wide enough to take away slant tight enough for run support

2 position

44 (3 deep)- outside foot on inside foot of #2In 34- split the difference between the #2 and the Tackle

Tight- auto 1 x 1 off of wing or ghost wing

Foot- gap foot TE

Page 304: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Read 2 Coverage

1. Knowledge- Know the situation, the formation, the call, responsibility, threats, where is your help?- communicate 2. Stance and Alignment- Both must be prefect

3. Read- know your key and how to react

4. Responsibility- know your job for each situation- talk to yourself

5. Technique and Execution- execute- make the play

The first 4 are mental- the last is physical

Page 305: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Defensive Back Communication- Knowledge

Once the call is made and the huddle breaks

All Defensive Backs will echo the call and repeat the signal.

The signal for Blue is 2 fingers up like Texas’s Hook’em horns.

When the offense breaks the huddle all defensive backs will determine how many backs are in the backfield.

Note: this is extremely important because a number of calls are made based on the number of backs. 2 backs, 1 back, empty.

Call it out and echo it.

If empty, is it 2 x 2 – double slot, or 3 x 1 – trips?

Communicate all formations, motions, and corresponding calls.- ECHO the call.

Page 306: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Base Alignments

CC

$ $

7 x 17 x 1

10 x 1 10 x 1

#1 #1#2#2#3

All Defensive Backs will assume a proper stance- shoulders square to the LOS, inside foot up.

Corner- 7 yards deep, gap foot the #1 receiver (inside foot on receiver’s outside foot).

Safety- 10 yards deep, 1 foot to 1 yard inside the #2 . Although this is the base alignment, the safety must ask himself,

“Am I wide enough to cover a deep vertical by #1?”

If the answer is yes then the safety stays at home base. If the answer is no then the safety may widen up to 1 yard outside the #2. This is to be expected when there is a wide number 1 and a tight #2.

Safety vs. a Tight End that is #2- outside alignment- wide enough to cover the post by #1.

Page 307: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Numbering Receivers

We number the receivers from outside in, with the number 1 receiver closest to the sidelines.

Remember motions and shifts my change which receivers are which numbers prior to the snap.

When pattern reading you will have to know who you are reading and the proper reactions.

Post snap receiver’s numbers may change- coached on the field

1 1 1

1

111

12

2

22

2

22

2- 1st crosser

1

1

1 1

1

1 1

1

1

2

2

22

2

2

2

2

2

1 2

3

3

3

3

33

3

3

34

Page 308: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Specific CallsDanger (hand over face mask)- call made by OLB when the offense ends up in a trips formation.

The call indicates that the OLB will cover the # 3 man to man.

The trips side corner and safety will play blue

The backside safety will split the difference between #3 strong and the #1 weak at a depth of 12 yards- key Quarterback.

The backside corner will be on an island vs. #1 weak.

Frank (both palms pressing to the ground)- call made by safety to the corner. The call will occur with a tight #1 receiver and #2 is in the backfield.

The call side safety and corner will play true cover 2 (flat) with the Safety playing ½ and the Corner playing the flat. If number 2 goes to the flat- corner owns.

Vs. inside cross country- the OLB will own the vertical route

Corner moves up to 4 yards and must funnel #1 to the safety!!!!!

Island (thumbs up and must be repeated by corner) - Call made by safety to backside corner away from trips. An Island call tells the corner you are playing green cover vs number 1 and that you cannot expect any help. This call will also be made if there is a split #1 but #2 is in the backfield

Sky- Call made by safety or corner to the inside or backside backer indicating a crossing pattern.

Squat- Call made by safety when both #1 and #2 release vertical and the number breaks off the route and runs a deep out. The corner will jump #2 and the safety will adopt #1.

Page 309: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

2- 1st crosser

1

11

1

111

12

2

2

22

22

1

1

1 1

1

1 1

1

12

2

22

2

2

2

2

2

12

3

3

3

3

33

3

3

3

4

Blue Island Frank

Blue

Blue Danger Island

BlueBlue Blue Blue

Blue

Danger

DangerDanger

Island

IslandBlue

Page 310: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Pre-Snap Keys

CC

$ $

7 x 17 x 1

10 x 1 10 x 1

#1 #1#2#2

#3

Corners and Safeties will have their eyes on the Quarterback. Read the Quarterback through the #2 receiver.

Corners need to see the #1 receiver with their peripheral vision.

Page 311: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Post-Snap Keys- Reaction to Pass

7 x 1

CC

$ $

7 x 1

10 x 1 10 x 1

#1 #1#2#2#3

On a pass read both the Corners and the Safety will call “pass” and key the #2 receiver.

Corners must stay square as they read the number 2 receiver.

Key Coaching Points:

1. Although the Corner is keying #2, he must be prepared mentally to play number 1 with no help.

2. The corner must never allow the #1 receiver to release outside!!!! Be prepared to shuffle outside.

3. Both the Safety and Corner must react to #2 and cannot back pedal on the snap.

Page 312: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Cornerback’s Reads and Responsibilities Corner Reads:

Note: The corners should be thinking, “I have #1 with no help.”

1. 2 releases outside- man # 2

2. 2 releases inside/vertical/ or stays (blocks) – man #1

If #2 releases outside, the corner will play man to man on #2, but he still needs to react to #1. For example, number 1 must be funneled/squeezed to the safety- the corners cannot back up!!

1. #2 outside, #1 inside

12

C

Notes: Corner funnel/squeeze #1, eyes on #2 and QB- break on #2’s route- top shoulder. The Corner must maintain outside leverage on #2.

12

C

Notes: Don’t lose leverage and be prepared to run with the wheel or out and up.

1. #2 outside, #1 inside

Page 313: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

1. #2 outside, #1 vertical

12

C

Notes: If #1 goes vertical he must be squeezed to the inside. The Corner will eye number 2 and carry/trail #1. This will buy the safety time. The corner will jump #2 when he intersects

Note: One of the most dangerous plays against our Blue coverage is a vertical by number 1 and an outside route by number 2.

The safety must be able to get over the top of number 1.

A few things can help the safety with this tough task.

1. The corner forcing an inside release by #1.

2. The corner funneling and getting his hands on #1.

3. Rallying to number 2.

4. Proper adjustments to the safeties alignment. Remember the safety must ask himself, “Am I wide enough to cover #1?”

Page 314: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

If the #2 releases vertical, inside, or blocks the cornerback can now lock on #1 man to man.

This read is simple and frees the cornerback of any other responsibility other than man to man coverage on #1. Note: Always be alert for a “Squat” call.

1. #2 not outside, #1 inside

1 2

C

Notes: Cover upfield shoulder, hip him immediately

1 2

C

Notes: Corner will lock on #1 and cover his upfield shoulder. NEVER come under the post or Dig route. The corner does not know if he has help.

1. #2 not outside, #1 Post or Dig

1. #2 not outside, #1 short

1 2

C

Notes: The corner will jump the short pattern.

1 2

C

Notes: The Corner will own #1. Work to weave to inside leverage. Alert for a “Squat” call. If #2 blocks or is under stay outside – you will have help

1. #2 vertical, #1 vertical

Page 315: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

1. #2 outside, #1 vertical

12

C

Notes: Squat Call made by safety to the corner.

Will occur when #1 and #2 release vertically, #1 stays vertical, number 2 runs a deep out.

Note: One of the most dangerous plays against our Blue coverage is a vertical by number 1 and a deep out by number 2.

1. When corner hears “squat” from safety he will jump the upfield shoulder of the #2 receiver.

2. The safety will adopt the deep route by number 1.

3. The safety should not make a squat call if he feels that there is no way the he can successfully adopt the #1 receiver. This would most likely occur in a wide field situation where the #1 was isolated and the #2 was tight.

Alternative to a squat call

Cover man to man – should occur if out is greater than 10 yards.

“Buzz” call- C- #1, S- #2 or ¼ your zone- LB buzz- numbers

“Squat” Call

“Squat”

Page 316: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Safety’s Reads and Responsibilities Corner Reads:

Note: Safety is the toughest position to play in Blue Coverage, he must be athletic, tough, and smart.

1. 2 is vertical or deep diagonal- man # 2

2. 2 releases inside/under/stays (blocks)– Get to #1

If #2 releases outside, The safety should dead foot (flat-footed reads on #2) however once it is determined that the #2 is not a threat the safety’s eyes must shoot to #1’s hip and the safety will turn and open to #1 expecting #1 to be vertical. “1 is vertical” is always the first thought by the safety when #2 is outside.

1. #2 outside, #1 slant

12

$

Notes: Safety’s eyes immediately go to #1. Once he sees #1 break off his route the safety settles and drives to #1’s upfield shoulder. Collision or INT. Alert for Sluggo.

12

$

Notes: Be aggressive but always be prepared for Sluggo. Attack upfield shoulder.

1. #2 outside, #1 Sluggo

Eyes to #1’s hipUpfield shoulder

1. #2 outside, #1 Curl

12

$

Notes: Open to #1, work to stay inside and over the top of #1, break on the throw to #1.

Eyes to #1’s hipUpfield shoulder

Eyes to #1’s hipUpfield shoulder

Page 317: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

1. #2 outside, #1 vertical

12

$

Note: This route combination cannot be a surpriseThis is what we expect.

The safety must be able to get over the top of number 1. He is thinking “I have no help!!!”

A few things can help the safety with this tough task.

1. The corner forcing an inside release by #1.

2. The corner funneling and getting his hands on #1.

3. Rallying to number 2.

4. Proper adjustments to the safeties alignment. Remember the safety must ask himself, “Am I wide enough to cover #1?”

1. #2 outside, #1 vertical and out

12

$

If the #2 releases outside and #1 breaks off his route to the outside, the safety, should drive to the outside shoulder of #1 and force him to the side line.

The safety must work inside out and over the top. The receiver cannot catch the ball and turn it up.

Page 318: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

1. #2 inside (under), #1 post or dig

12

$

#2 runs an under inside (crossing route)- safety calls “SKY” to the inside or backside linebacker.

The safety will under cut the post or dig pattern. The safety will man turn this route and be on the inside shoulder of the WR. The safety will be in the throwing lane and the corner will be cover the top shoulder.

1. #2 inside (under), #1 vertical

12

$

#2 runs an under inside (crossing route)- safety calls “Sky” to the inside or backside linebacker.

The safety will under play on the inside of the #1, the corner will be on the outside.

“Sky”

“Sky”

Page 319: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

1. #2 vertical

12

$

1. #2 vertical and then deep out

12

$

“Squat”

#2 vertical- Safety owns number 2. man to man

Note: One of the most dangerous plays against our Blue coverage is a vertical by number 1 and a deep out by number 2.

1. If #2 breaks out on a deep out, the safety will give the corner a squat call. This rule does not apply to a corner route. (any route run by #2 that is vertical for more than 5 yards.

2. The safety will adopt the deep route by number 1. Get to his hip. If number 1 has run an inside route or a short route – there is no squat call. As the deep out is occuring the safety will see #1 .

3. The safety should not make a squat call if he feels that there is no way the he can successfully adopt the #1 receiver. This would most likely occur in a wide field situation where the #1 was isolated and the #2 was tight.

Alternative to a squat callCover man to man – should occur if out is greater than 10 yards.“Buzz” call- C- #1, S- #2- LB buzz- numbers

Page 320: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

1. #2 runs a post

12

$

1. #2 5 yard out, #1 5 yard in (rub)

12

$

#2 vertical- Safety owns number 2. man to man, work to maintain inside leverage.

#2 vertical and short out- top shoulder #1This is where the squat call makes more sense

Page 321: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

1. #2 deep middle or deep drag

12

$

If the number 2 runs a deep diagonal or a deep drag, Safety will jump it.

1. #2 pass blocks (TE/Backfield)

12

$

If the number pass blocks as a TE or from the backfield

The safety should treat it the same as if the number 2 ran an inside under route.

Page 322: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Vs. Trips Check “Danger”

CC

$$

V M E

SE ST RT RE

“Island”“Danger”Trips side Corner and Safety- Play Blue coverage vs. the #1 and #2

Viking- make the “Danger” call and play #3 strong – man to man if TE- 6 yards deep, if #3 is rec.- 7 yards deep

Backside Corner will receive an “Island” call from backside safety- play green coverage

Backside Safety- give backside corner “Island” call, split the difference between #3 strong and #1 weak. Read #3 strg- #2 strg (looking for inside release)- 1 weak- help with post or inside pattern- gain depth and key quarterback’s eyes.

Mike- gain depth middle of the field- spy flow fire

Backside backer- carry any back out to your side or crosser. No back out- Hook/Curl look to help out corner vs inside route by #1 weak

12 yards

Page 323: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Vs. Trips Check “Danger”

CC

$$

V ME

SE N RE

B

“Island”“Danger”Trips side Corner and Safety- Play Blue coverage vs. the #1 and #2

Viking- make the “Danger” call and play #3 strong – man to man vs TE 6 yards deep, vs rec- 7 yardsEagle- play hook to curl- depending on width of #2 – gap foot number 2 or split the difference- 4.5 yards depth

Backside Corner will receive an “Island” call from backside safety- play green coverage

Backside Safety- give backside corner “Island” call, split the difference between #3 strong and #1 weak. Read #3 strg- #2 strg (looking for inside release)- 1 weak- help with post or inside pattern- gain depth and key quarterback’s eyes.

Mike- gain depth middle of the field- spy flow fire

Backside backer- carry any back out to your side or crosser. No back out- Hook/Curl look to help out corner vs inside route by #1 weak

12 yards

Page 324: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Other ideas vs. trips and maintaining BlueDanger- check Maggie

C

C

$$

V M E

SE ST RT RE

“Maggie”“Danger”Trips side Corner and Safety- Play Blue coverage vs. the #1 and #2

Viking- make the “Danger” call and play #3 strong – man to man

Backside Corner will receive an “Maggie” call from backside safety- play Lock on coverage coverage

Backside Safety- give backside corner “Maggie” call, play lock on safety technique- on the hash but in a position to take away both the skinny post and fade- gain depth and key quarterback’s eyes.

Mike- gain depth middle of the field- spy flow fire

Backside backer- carry any back out to your side or crosser. No back out- Hook/Curl look to help out corner vs inside route by #1 weak

Page 325: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Other ideas vs. trips and maintaining BlueDanger- check Maggie

C

C

$$

E MV

SE N RE

“Maggie”“Danger”Trips side Corner and Safety- Play Blue coverage vs. the #1 and #2

Viking- make the “Danger” call and play #3 strong – man to man

Backside Corner will receive an “Maggie” call from backside safety- play Lock on coverage coverage

Backside Safety- give backside corner “Maggie” call, play lock on safety technique- on the hash but in a position to take away both the skinny post and fade- gain depth and key quarterback’s eyes.

Mike- gain depth middle of the field- spy flow fire

Backside backer- carry any back out to your side or crosser. No back out- Hook/Curl look to help out corner vs inside route by #1 weak

B

Page 326: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Other ideas vs. trips and maintaining BlueDanger- check “Solo” or Banjo

C

C$

$

V M E

SE ST RT RE

“Island”“Banjo”Trips side Corner and Safety- Play Blue coverage vs. the #1 and #2

Viking- make the “Banjo” call and read 3 strong- 3 out – own, 3 vertical or in- back out/force

Backside Corner will receive an “Island” call from backside safety- play Green coverage

Backside Safety- give backside corner “Island call” call, play lock on safety technique- hub cap the backside Tackle/TEKey 3 strong- #3 vertical or In- own him, #3 out- look up back out, no back out- Alert sky- no threat- help on #1 weak

Mike- gain depth middle of the field- spy flow fire

Backside backer- carry any back out to your side or crosser. No back out- Hook/Curl look to help out corner vs inside route by #1 weak

Page 327: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Other ideas vs. trips and maintaining BlueDanger- check “Solo” or Banjo (this keeps backside balanced 2nd level)

C

C$

$

VM E

SE N RE

“Island”“Banjo”Trips side Corner and Safety- Play Blue coverage vs. the #1 and #2

Viking- make the “Banjo” call and read 3 strong- 3 out – own, 3 vertical or in- back out/force

Backside Corner will receive an “Island” call from backside safety- play Green coverage

Backside Safety- give backside corner “Island call” call, play lock on safety technique- hub cap the backside Tackle/TEKey 3 strong- #3 vertical or In- own him, #3 out- look up back out, no back out- Alert sky- no threat- help on #1 weak

Mike- gain depth middle of the field- spy flow fire

Backside backer- carry any back out to your side or crosser. No back out- Hook/Curl look to help out corner vs inside route by #1 weak

B

Page 328: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Silver call

If Number 2 is in the backfield

Corner- man to man on #1

Safety and OLB – combo 2- Run –Rob- Roll

Flat – backer owns himInside cross country safety will adopt

On pass safety flat foots- #2 blocks, away, or flat- Safety helps on slant, vertical, and can roll under post

- This also works well with number 2 that is tight

Page 329: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Island call vs any removed #1 with number 2 in backfield

CC

$$

IslandBlue

BE M

V

Silver call- corner man to man on #1

B/$- backfieldBack out – Backer owns, Safety- react to # same as Blue

Back vertical- Safety owns, Back- numbers- just like blue

Why?

1. Prevents Corner from losing #1 by getting caught up in the backfield actions

2. Allows safety to play run first – removing the threat of a deep #1 on play action

3. Allows the safety to hug to play closer to the box (horizontally) vs 2 backs.

4. Safety in better position to play inside x country

Page 330: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Island call

C C

$ $

Island Blue

BE M

V

Silver call only when #2 in in the backfield

corner man to man on #1- becomes ¼’s

B/$- backfieldBack out – Backer owns, Safety- react to # same as Blue

Back vertical- Safety owns, Back- numbers- just like blue

Page 331: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Silver call to a tight #2

C C

$$

Silver Silver

BE M

V

Silver call- vs a tight #2

OLB- key 2/3 – carry first out- #2 outside release- own #2# 2 vertical/block/or in inside- expect #3 out as you get depth to the numbers and look to help on slant by #1

$- key #2 tight- vertical own, # 2 out- react to number 1 like blue

Page 332: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Secondary Run Fits vs Outside Run

V

$

C

$

CM B

Secondary Force

Primary Force

Make the Primary Force Player rightViking in- Safety outViking out-Safety in

Over the top Cutback

Pursuit

E

Page 333: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

Position Green Black Blue Lock on Red

Corner

FreeSafety

Nickel- Black - 7 yards deep, foot to 3 yards inside, man to man on #2 rec. strength, if in on lock-on – 2 stg

Hor. Align.

Vert. Align.

Read

Respons.

Techn.

Notes

Hor. Align.

Vert. Align.

Read

Respons.

Techn.

Notes

1 ft – 3 yd inside (GF TE) 1 ft – 3 yd inside (GF TE)

1 ft – 3 yd inside or (GF TE) 2b- b, split 1s, 3x1- T

7 yards 7 yards 7 yards, frank-4

Outside ft- #1 1 foot inside inside

Press- LOS, or 4 8-10 yards

Inside hip #1 Inside hip #1 Q to #2 #1 QB- 2-1

#1 Man to man #1 Man to man Man to manRead 2 to 1 Outside 1/3

Man to man Man to man Read 2 Jam- touch- trail zone

No inside help Alert island island, frank, sky, sqtDanger

No back up, inside 7 yd, island

7 yards

Key your man

#2 rec. strength

Man to man

No help inside

11 yards

QB near shoulder

Rob ball, deepest

Free- 45 degrees H-H

Alert island

Gf inside-2, outside TE

10, 12 away from trips

Q- 2

2-1

Read 2

island, frank, sky, sqtDanger

Hash- 3 yard adj. either way

11 yards

QB

Over the top of fade, inside

Flat foot- back pedal- break

Fade and post

2b- b slot, A pro, split 1s, 3x1- T

10 yards

QB 3/2- 1

Middle 1/3

zone

15 yard rule

Strong Safety

A gap vs RB, 1 ft – 3yd inside

7 yards

Hor. Align.

Vert. Align.

Read

Respons.

Techn.

Notes

Man to man

2 wk/3 strg- (RB)

Man to man

You’re the adjustor

See green

See green

See green

See green

See green

See green

GF #2 strg (removed) or split 1 and T4.5 yards

QB- 2-1

Curl to Flat

Zone- SCIF

#3 m-m v. trips

1 foot inside

4 yards or press

QB or Tackle (game plan)

#2 strong

Jack- touch trail

If nickel in- #2 wk/3 strg

GF #2 strg, or split 1 and T

4.5

Q-2-1

Curl-Flat

Zone- SCIF

Page 334: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

334

Page 335: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

335

Stout

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

SH

Coverage:Silver (cover 4)3 weakBlue (cover 2)

Foot

5 tech., Attack

30

shade 1 tech., Attack

30 tech.

3 tech., Attack

5 tech., gap step

TE/ triangle

OT or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

OG/Ball

OT/Ball

D gap Stay – silverCutbck- 3 deep

C gap Trail

B gap

A gap strong

A

B gap

C gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

B gap- re-direct

Trail

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

PR

contain

Pass Rush

Contain

Foot

7 tech.

Walk

5 tech.

3 tech.3 tech.

5 tech. 5 tech.

30

30 Walk

00 tech. 2 gap

2i tech.2i tech.

Notes:

Vs 1 back N in a 2i

TCNext Previous

Page 336: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

336

Ram Shade

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

SH

Coverage:Silver (cover 4)3 weakBlue (cover 2)

Foot

5 tech., Attack

30

shade 1 tech., Attack

30 tech.

3 tech., Attack

5 tech., gap step

TE/ triangle

OT or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

OG/Ball

OT/Ball

D gap Stay – silverCutbck- 3 deep

C gap Trail

B gap

A gap strong

A

B gap

C gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

B gap- re-direct

Trail

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

PR

contain

Pass Rush

Contain

Foot

7 tech.

Walk

5 tech.

3 tech.3 tech.

5 tech. 5 tech.

30

30 Walk

00 tech. 2 gap

2i tech.2i tech.

Notes:

Vs 1 back N in a 2i

TCNext Previous

Page 337: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

337

Ram Shade

POS. Align. And tech Key

Run Game:

To: Away

Pass Game:

Adjustments:

2 TE’s 4 WR’s

SE

M

N

W

EH

N EE

MW

SH

Coverage:Silver (cover 4)3 weakBlue (cover 2)

Foot

5 tech., Attack

30

shade 1 tech., Attack

30 tech.

3 tech., Attack

5 tech., gap step

TE/ triangle

OT or ball

OG/Triangle

C/Ball

OG/Triangle

OG/Ball

OT/Ball

D gap Stay – silverCutbck- 3 deep

C gap Trail

B gap

A gap strong

A

B gap

C gap

Leverage

Leverage

A gap, re-direct

B gap- re-direct

Trail

Coverage

Coverage

Coverage

PR

contain

Pass Rush

Contain

Foot

7 tech.

Walk

5 tech.

3 tech.3 tech.

5 tech. 5 tech.

30

30 Walk

00 tech. 2 gap

2i tech.2i tech.

Notes:

Vs 1 back N in a 2i

TCNext Previous

Page 338: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

H E N E S

MW

H E E S

MW

H E N ES

MW

H E N E S

MW

H E N E S

MW

H E N E S

MW

H E N E S

MW

H E N E SMW

H E N E SMW

Note: a crazy tag- tells the hawk he has an automatic 2 way go, the rocked down safety will make the Hawk right.

Page 339: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

339

Page 340: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

340

Man to Man Coverage

Green 0 Free Safeties Black 1 Free Safety

Lock On 2 Free Safeties Steel Curtain 3 Free Safeties

We will mix and match coverages.

The following assignments are base assignments, week to week we will match up our players according to the opponents.

We must maximize matchups

Note: We can substitute for specific positions.

Often we will substitute a nickel for 1 linebacker (often the Sam) and/or Dime back for another.

Page 341: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

341

Strong Corner

Strong Safety

Free Safety

Weak Corner

Sam

Mike

Will

Hawk

43 Ram Slam Mace 52 53Front Bear

#1

Green (Cover 0)

#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 Z

X#1#1#1#1#1#1

#2 rec. strength

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

FB/Blitz

FB/Blitz

FB/Blitz

#2 rec. strength

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

Tagged Blitz or Game plan

Ram- combo FB

Ram- fire- FB

Ram- combo FB

Ram Fire- Blitz

Blitz

#2 rec. strength

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

Tagged Blitz or Game plan

Slam- combo FB

Slam- fire- FB

Slam- combo FB

Slam Fire- Blitz

Blitz

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

#2 rec. strength

#2 rec. strength

#2 rec. strength

Replace Blitzer

Blitz

Blitz

FB to sideFB- away- low

spy

FB to sideFB- away- low

spy

DE or Blitz

DE or Blitz

Combo/Isolate FB/QBOr blitz

Combo/Isolate FB/QBOr blitz

2 backs- C gap BO

Vs 1 back #2 wk, #3 strong

DE

DE

FB low spy1 back- combo

2 backs- C gap BO

1 back- combo

TE

Backs

Backs

Page 342: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

342

Strong Corner

Strong Safety

Free Safety

Weak Corner

Sam

Mike

Will

Hawk

43 Ram Slam Mace 52 44Front Bear

#1

Black (Cover 1)

#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

#1#1#1#1#1#1#1

Free

#2 strongGive “trio” call

to backer

2 backs- BO1 – back- #2 to side unless “trio” call- then #3

Blitz/QB1 back – combo or iso

#2 blitz side or 3 away from

blitz

#2 away Alert “trio”

Or Ace

Ram- combo FBRam- fire- 3 wk

or fb

Ram- combo FBRam fire- blitz

Blitz #2 away from call or ACE

Slam- combo FBSlam- fire- 3 strong or FB

Slam- combo FB

Slam Fire- Blitz

Blitz

FB or #3 strong vs trips

“Trio” call if time

#2 strong

Blitz

Blitz

#2 – alert “trio”

DE

DE

Combo/Isolate FB/QBOr blitz

Combo/Isolate FB/QBOr blitz

Nickel- 2 strong

DE

#2 blitz side or 3 away from

blitz

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

Free Free Free Free Free Free

2 backs- BO1 – back- #2 to side unless “trio” call- then #3

#2 – alert “trio”

Combo/Isolate FB/QBOr blitz

Combo/Isolate FB/QBOr blitz

Page 343: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

343

Strong Corner

Strong Safety

Free Safety

Weak Corner

Sam

Mike

Will

Hawk

40 30Front

Lock-onSteel Curtain

#1

#1

Free12 yards using hash as guide

Free12 yards using hash as guide

Nickel -back#2 rec. strength

Dime - back#2 rec. weak#3 rec strong

Ace

DE

Note: Lock-on coverage is a pure pass defense.

We will sub for the Mike and the Sam in 40 Lock-on.

Often we will move the Sam to DE and sometimes the Mike to the DL

30 Lock-on provides us with more options and we may keep the Mike in and move the Sam and Hawk to DE.

#1

#1

Free12 yards using hash as guide

3 deep divider rule

Nickel -back#2 rec. strength

Dime - back#2 rec. weak

#3 to sideComboLow spy/high spyBlitz

#3 to sideComboLow spy/high spyBlitz

3 deep divider rule

3 deep divider rule

#1

#1

Dime - back#2 rec. weakOr 3 strong

Nickel -back#2 rec. strength

Ace

Weak Safety3 deep divider rule

Page 344: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

344

Page 345: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

345

Strong Corner

Strong Safety

Free Safety

Weak Corner

Sam

Mike

Will

Hawk

43 Ram Slam Mace 52 53Front Bear

#1

Green (Cover 0)

#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 Z

X#1#1#1#1#1#1

#2 rec. strength

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

FB/Blitz

FB/Blitz

FB/Blitz

#2 rec. strength

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

Tagged Blitz or Game plan

Ram- combo FB

Ram- fire- FB

Ram- combo FB

Ram Fire- Blitz

Blitz

#2 rec. strength

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

Tagged Blitz or Game plan

Slam- combo FB

Slam- fire- FB

Slam- combo FB

Slam Fire- Blitz

Blitz

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

#2 rec. strength

#2 rec. strength

#2 rec. strength

Replace Blitzer

Blitz

Blitz

FB to sideFB- away- low

spy

FB to sideFB- away- low

spy

DE or Blitz

DE or Blitz

Combo/Isolate FB/QBOr blitz

Combo/Isolate FB/QBOr blitz

2 backs- C gap BO

Vs 1 back #2 wk, #3 strong

DE

DE

FB low spy1 back- combo

2 backs- C gap BO

1 back- combo

TE

Backs

Backs

Page 346: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

346

Strong Corner

Strong Safety

Free Safety

Weak Corner

Sam

Mike

Will

Hawk

43 Ram Slam Mace 52 44Front Bear

#1

Black (Cover 1) – note: in Sam Fire and Ram Fire #2 away from blitz in backfield- check “zone it” (3-3)

#1 #1 #1 #1 #1 #1

#1#1#1#1#1#1#1

Free

#2 strongGive “trio” call

to backer

2 backs- BO1 – back- #2 to side unless “trio” call- then #3

Blitz/QB1 back – combo or iso

#2 blitz side or 3 away from blitzOr give trio call

#2 away Alert “trio”

Or Ace

Ram- combo FBRam- fire- 3 wk

or fb

Ram- combo FBRam fire- blitz

Blitz #2 away from call or ACE

Slam- combo FBSlam- fire- 3 strong or FB

Slam- combo FB

Slam Fire- Blitz

Blitz

FB or #3 strong vs trips

“Trio” call if time

#2 strong

Blitz

Blitz

#2 – alert “trio”Nickel personnel

DE

DE

Combo/Isolate backs

Or blitz

Combo/Isolate backs

Or blitz

Nickel- 2 strong

DE

#2 blitz side or 3 away from blitzOr give trio call

RB v. 2 backsVs 1 back #2

wk, #3 strong

Free Free Free Free Free Free

2 backs- BO1 – back- #2 to side unless “trio” call- then #3

#2 – alert “trio” dime

Combo/Isolate FB/QBOr blitz

Combo/Isolate FB/QBOr blitz

Page 347: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

347

Strong Corner

Strong Safety

Free Safety

Weak Corner

Sam

Mike

Will

Hawk

40 30Front

Lock-onSteel Curtain

#1

#1

Free12 yards using hash as guide

Free12 yards using hash as guide

Nickel -back#2 rec. strength

Dime - back#2 rec. weak#3 rec strong

Ace

DE

Note: Lock-on coverage is a pure pass defense.

We will sub for the Mike and the Sam in 40 Lock-on.

Often we will move the Sam to DE and sometimes the Mike to the DL

30 Lock-on provides us with more options and we may keep the Mike in and move the Sam and Hawk to DE.

#1

#1

Free12 yards using hash as guide

3 deep divider rule

Nickel -back#2 rec. strength

Dime - back#2 rec. weak

#3 to sideComboLow spy/high spyBlitz

#3 to sideComboLow spy/high spyBlitz

3 deep divider rule

3 deep divider rule

#1

#1

Dime - back#2 rec. weakOr 3 strong

Nickel -back#2 rec. strength

Ace

Weak Safety3 deep divider rule

Page 348: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

348

Silver (cover 4)

Position Alignment Key/Read Pass Responsibility

Sam vs TE- foot vs. TE- TE triangle vs TE outside move or delay- man to manvs removed #2- split T and 2 vs removed #2 – Q-2-1 Vs TE vertical or in- drop to top of #’s- top new #2

vs removed #2- hands on #2 and drop to top of #’sAlert Buzz

#’s player Front or split #2 and T Q-2-1 hands on #2- drop to top of numbersAlert “buzz” alert “switch”

Middle Player Depends on Front #3 to #2 after run clears open to #3run with a vertical by 3head on a swivel get depth middle offield.Spy –flow-fire

Corners 7 yards deep Q (read through 3 step) vs. tight #2- man to man vs. #11 foot to 1 yard inside #1 vs TE or tight #2- eyes on 1 vs. removed number 2- alert “Copper” or “Wheel”

Vs a wing or bunch – check Blue

Safeties 10 yards deep Q- 2-1 vs TE vertical- own him1 yard outside tight #2 vs TE- out/under LB/block- Run-Rob #1- Roll

vs. removed #2- check “Copper”

Page 349: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

349

Copper (read 2) (check vs removed #2)

Position Alignment Key/Read Pass Responsibility

#’s player vs. removed split #2 and T Q-2-1 top of numbers vs. Tight #2- foot

vs. trips- “danger” #3- gf vs trips- danger- man “danger”- man to man on 3 banjo or zone- split #2 and T “banjo”- combo #3 with Safety

#3- out- own, #3 in/vertical- top #’s

Middle Player Depends on Front guard- 3-2 high middle- spy flow fire

and formation vs 2 x 2 alert for Back up the middle

Corners 7 yards deep outside foot Q-2-1 read 2of #1 # 2 blocks/vertical/in – man to man on 1

# 2 out- man to man on #2 and funnel 1 to safetyIsland- green coverPre-snap- Alert “island” “blue”Post-snap- alert- Squat

Safeties 10 yard inside foot of #2 Q-2-1 read 2always ask I’m I wide #2 vertical or deep in- Own #2enough to cover a vertical #2 under LB- “Cross” Rob #1#1. #2 blocks- rob #1-

#2 out- adopt #1Vs trips away- split #1 BS and #3 trips side backside Safety- Banjo call – read #3

#3 blocks/out/under LB- Free# 3 vertical or deep in- own 3

Page 350: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

350

Blue (cover 2)

Page 351: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

351

Cover 3 (red, 3 strong, 3 weak, invert, 3 roll)

Page 352: 1 Table of Contents. TC Topic Page(s) 2 Keys to Winning Defense5 NextPrevious Becoming #16 Huddle, Pre-snap calls7 Def. Gaps and Alignments8 Glossary9-25

352

If the offense is sliding to the back as oppose to away there are a couple of things to do.

Give End away from blitz a two way go – over hang with numbers player

Show one blitz and come from the other side

Run blitzes like Ram mike fire rock or slam Will fire rock

Run a key blitz

Example- ram key fire rock

Run it just like ram fire but the two inside backers are keying center

If center shows you his butt- blitz your B gapIF center shows you his face- you become the middle player